VRV Iv

SiUS341413EA
Service
Manual
Heat Pump R410A 60Hz

230V RXYQ72-408TTJU
460V RXYQ72-408TYDN
SiUS341413EA
Heat Pump
R410A 60Hz
ED Reference
For items below, please refer to Engineering Data.
No. Item ED No. Page Remarks
1 Specification – Outdoor Unit EDUS341411-R1 P. 2 ~ 6
EDUS341411-R2 P. 2 ~ 6
2 Piping Diagram EDUS341411-R1 P. 13 ~ 15
EDUS341411-R2 P. 13 ~ 15
3 Option List EDUS341411-R1 P. 97
EDUS341411-R2 P. 97
1. Introduction ................................................................................................. v
1.1 Safety Cautions ............................................................................................ v
1.2 Used Icons ...................................................................................................xi
Part 1 General Information .............................................................. 1

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units........................................................2
1.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 2
1.2 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 2
2. External Appearance...................................................................................4
2.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 4
2.2 Air Treatment Equipment ............................................................................. 5
2.3 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 5
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.....................................................................7
4. Capacity Range...........................................................................................8
4.1 Combination Ratio........................................................................................ 8
Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit ................................................................ 9

1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) .......................................................10
1.1 RXYQ72TTJU, RXYQ72TYDN .................................................................. 10
1.2 RXYQ96/120TTJU, RXYQ96/120TYDN .................................................... 12
1.3 RXYQ144/168TTJU, RXYQ144/168TYDN ................................................ 14
1.4 Outdoor–Air Processing Unit FXMQ48MFVJU~96MFVJU ........................ 16
2. Functional Parts Layout ............................................................................17
2.1 RXYQ72TTJU ............................................................................................ 17
2.2 RXYQ96/120TTJU ..................................................................................... 18
2.3 RXYQ144/168TTJU ................................................................................... 19
i Table of Contents
SiUS341413EA
2.4 RXYQ72TYDN ........................................................................................... 20

2.5 RXYQ96/120TYDN .................................................................................... 21
2.6 RXYQ144/168TYDN .................................................................................. 22
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...............................................23
Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................... 35

1. Wired Remote Controller...........................................................................36
1.1 Applicable Models ...................................................................................... 36
1.2 Names and Functions ................................................................................ 37
1.3 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using 2 Remote Controllers ............................... 41
1.4 Centralized Control Group No. Setting....................................................... 43
2. Wireless Remote Controller ......................................................................46
2.3 Address and MAIN/SUB Setting................................................................. 48
3. Service Mode ............................................................................................51
3.1 BRC1D71 ................................................................................................... 51
3.2 BRC1E72 ................................................................................................... 54
Part 4 Function and Control........................................................... 57

1. Functions...................................................................................................58
1.1 Stop Control ............................................................................................... 59
1.2 Standby Control.......................................................................................... 59
1.3 Startup Control ........................................................................................... 60
1.4 Normal Operation ....................................................................................... 62
1.5 Protection Control....................................................................................... 67
1.6 Special Control ........................................................................................... 71
Part 5 Field Settings ...................................................................... 76

1. Test Operation ..........................................................................................77
1.1 Test Operation Checks............................................................................... 77
2. Field Setting from Remote Controller........................................................78
2.1 Wired Remote Controller............................................................................ 78
2.2 Wireless Remote Controller ....................................................................... 81
2.3 Simplified Remote Controller...................................................................... 82
2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units ........................................ 83
3. List of Field Setting Items..........................................................................95
3.1 Function Setting ......................................................................................... 95
3.2 Service Setting ........................................................................................... 97
3.3 Settings by DIP Switches ........................................................................... 98
3.4 DIP Switch Setting Mounting a Spare PCB................................................ 99
Table of Contents ii
SiUS341413EA
4. Settings by BS Buttons ...........................................................................101

4.1 Normal Mode............................................................................................ 102
4.2 Setting Mode (= Mode 2).......................................................................... 104
4.3 Monitor Mode ........................................................................................... 109
5. Procedure and Outline ............................................................................134
5.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply ON ........................................... 134
5.2 Turn Power ON ........................................................................................ 135
5.3 Charging Refrigerant ................................................................................ 136
Part 6 Service Diagnosis.............................................................. 141

1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting ...........................................................143
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...................................................146
2.1 Mode Access Operation ........................................................................... 146
2.2 Procedure of Self-diagnosis by Remote Controller .................................. 148
2.3 Error Code and Description...................................................................... 152
2.4 Error Codes - Sub Codes ......................................................................... 154
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ........................155
3.1 PCB Abnormality ...................................................................................... 155
3.2 Detection of Earth Leakage by Leak Detection PCB Assy....................... 156
3.3 Missing of Earth Leakage Detection Core................................................ 157
3.4 Actuation of High Pressure Switch ........................................................... 158
3.5 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ........................................................... 160
3.6 INV. Compressor Motor Lock ................................................................... 162
3.7 Compressor Damage Alarm..................................................................... 164
3.8 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality........................................................ 166
3.9 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality........................................... 170
3.10 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 172
3.11 Wet Alarm................................................................................................. 174
3.12 Refrigerant Overcharged.......................................................................... 176
3.13 Harness Abnormality (between Control PCB and Inverter PCB) ............. 177
3.14 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Abnormality............................................. 178
3.15 Thermistor Abnormality ............................................................................ 180
3.16 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................... 182
3.17 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality ........................................................... 184
3.18 Inverter PCB Abnormality......................................................................... 186
3.19 Reactor Temperature Rise Abnormality ................................................... 188
3.20 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality ............................. 189
3.21 INV. Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent .......................................... 190
3.22 INV. Compressor Overcurrent.................................................................. 192
3.23 INV. Compressor Startup Abnormality ..................................................... 194
3.24 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB ........................... 197
3.25 Power Supply Voltage Imbalance ............................................................ 199
3.26 Reactor Temperature Abnormality ........................................................... 201
3.27 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality ..................................... 202
3.28 Field Setting after Replacing Outdoor Unit Main PCB Abnormality or
Combination of PCB Abnormality............................................................. 204
3.29 Refrigerant Shortage ................................................................................ 206
iii Table of Contents

SiUS341413EA
3.30 Reverse Phase, Open Phase................................................................... 207

3.31 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality ......................... 208
3.32 Check Operation is not Executed............................................................. 211
3.33 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units.................. 212
3.34 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............. 215
3.35 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units ............................................. 216
3.36 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............. 222
3.37 Transmission Error between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System .......................................................... 223
3.38 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller......................................................... 224
3.39 Address Duplication of Centralized Control Equipment ........................... 228
3.40 Transmission Error between Centralized Control Equipment and
Indoor Unit................................................................................................ 229
3.41 System is not Set yet................................................................................ 232
3.42 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ................. 233
3.43 Check ....................................................................................................... 235
Part 7 Appendix............................................................................ 247

1. Wiring Diagrams......................................................................................248
1.1 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................. 248
Table of Contents iv
Introduction SiUS341413EA
1. Introduction
1.1 Safety Cautions
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment
operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer.
Caution Items The caution items are classified into Warning and Caution. The Warning items are
especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely.
The Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not
followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below.
Pictograms This symbol indicates the item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates the prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates the action that must be taken, or the instruction.
The instruction is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
1.1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

Warning
Do not store the equipment in a room with successive fire sources (e.g., naked flame, gas
appliance, electric heater).
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disassembling the
equipment for repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to the power supply may cause an electrical shock.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the circuits,
do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment.
If the refrigerant gas is discharged during the repair work, do not touch the discharged
refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas may cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded
section, evacuate the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated place first.
If there is gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or refrigerating machine oil
discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it may cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area.
The refrigerant gas may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
v
SiUS341413EA Introduction
Warning
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical components of the outdoor
unit.
A charged capacitor may cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power
cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment may cause an electrical
shock or fire.
Be sure to wear a safety helmet, gloves, and a safety belt when working at a high place
(more than 2 m).
Insufficient safety measures may cause a fall accident.
In case of R410A refrigerant models, be sure to use pipes, flare nuts and tools for the
exclusive use of the R410A refrigerant.
The use of materials for R22 refrigerant models may cause a serious accident such as a damage
of refrigerant cycle as well as an equipment failure.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R410A / R22) in the refrigerant
system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results, causing equipment
damage and injury.
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands may cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place,
to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning the
equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and may cause injury.
vi
Caution
Be sure to conduct repair work with appropriate tools.
The use of inappropriate tools may cause injury.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down enough before
conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot may cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.

Using the welder in an enclosed room may cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Warning
Do not store the equipment in a room with successive fire sources (e.g., naked flame, gas
appliance, electric heater).
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate
tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools may cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation
or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to replace them.
Damaged cable and wires may cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power outlet with
other electrical appliances, since it may cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the local technical
standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring regulations, and the
instruction manual for installation when conducting electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work may cause an electrical shock or
fire.
vii
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable for wiring between the indoor and outdoor units.
Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force pulling the
cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections may cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure that the terminal cover does
not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section may cause an electrical
shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.

Damaged or modified power cable may cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable may damage the
cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R410A / R22) in the refrigerant
system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results, causing equipment
damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leaking point and repair it before charging
the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no refrigerant leak.
If the leaking point cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to perform
pump down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking into the room.
The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames,
such as fan and other heaters, stoves and ranges.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has sufficient
strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not conducted
securely, the equipment may fall and cause injury.
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert the plug into
a power outlet securely.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it may cause an electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard installation frame. For unitary type
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation may cause the equipment to fall, only
resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on the window For unitary type
frame. only
If the unit is not securely mounted, it may fall and cause injury.
viii
Warning
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to dispose of the old
battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions
of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combustible gas
leaks.
If the combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it may cause a fire.
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and if the
connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections may cause excessive heat generation, fire or an electrical
shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.

Corroded installation platform or frame may cause the unit to fall, resulting in injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure that the
resistance is 1 MΩ or higher.
Defective insulation may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Defective drainage may cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit may spill and wet the furniture and floor.
ix
Caution
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For unitary type
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water may enter the room and wet the furniture only
and floor.
x
1.2 Used Icons

The following icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information.
Icon Type of Description

Information
Warning A Warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Caution A Caution is used when there is danger that the reader, through incorrect
manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get an unexpected result or
Caution has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Note A Note provides information that is not indispensable, but may nevertheless be
valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Reference A Reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this manual,
where he/she will find additional information on a specific topic.
xi
SiUS341413EA
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units........................................................2
1.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 2
1.2 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 2
2. External Appearance...................................................................................4
2.1 Indoor Units .................................................................................................. 4
2.2 Air Treatment Equipment ............................................................................. 5
2.3 Outdoor Units ............................................................................................... 5
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.....................................................................7
4. Capacity Range...........................................................................................8
4.1 Combination Ratio........................................................................................ 8
General Information 1
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units SiUS341413EA
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

1.1 Indoor Units
VRV Indoor Units
Capacity Range 0.6 ton 0.8 ton 1 ton 1.25 ton 1.5 ton 2 ton 2.5 ton 3 ton 3.5 ton 4 ton 4.5 ton 6 ton 8 ton Power
Supply,
Capacity Index 7.5 9.5 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 72 96 Standard
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette (Round
Flow with Sensing) FXFQ-T 07T 09T 12T 15T 18T 24T 30T 36T — 48T — — —
Type
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette (Round FXFQ-P — 09P 12P — 18P 24P 30P 36P — 48P — — —
Flow) Type
4 Way Ceiling
Mounted Cassette FXZQ 07M 09M 12M 15M 18M — — — — — — — —
(2'×2') Type
Slim Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type FXDQ 07M 09M 12M — 18M 24M — — — — — — —
Ceiling Mounted VJU
Duct Type (Middle
and High Static FXMQ 07PA 09PA 12PA 15PA 18PA 24PA 30PA 36PA — 48PA 54PA — —
Pressure)
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type FXMQ — — — — — — — — — — — 72M 96M
Ceiling Suspended FXHQ — — 12M — — 24M — 36M — — — — —
Type
Wall Mounted Type FXAQ 07P 09P 12P — 18P 24P — — — — — — —
Floor Standing Type FXLQ — — 12M — 18M 24M — — — — — — —
Concealed Floor
Standing Type FXNQ — — 12M — 18M 24M — — — — — — —
Air Handling Unit FXTQ — — 12PA — 18PA 24PA 30PA 36PA 42PA 48PA 54PA — —
Outdoor-Air Processing Unit

Power Supply,
Series Model Name
Standard
FXMQ 48MF 72MF 96MF VJU
Energy Recovery Ventilator (VAM Series)

Power Supply,
Series Model Name
Standard
Energy Recovery Ventilator VAM 300G 470G 600G 1200G VJU
1.2 Outdoor Units

Capacity Range 6 ton 8 ton 10 ton 12 ton 14 ton 16 ton 18 ton 20 ton Power
Supply,
Capacity Index 72 96 120 144 168 192 216 240 Standard
230V RXYQ- 72T 96T 120T 144T 168T 192T 216T 240T TJN
Heat Pump
460V RXYQ- 72T 96T 120T 144T 168T 192T 216T 240T YDN
Capacity Range 22 ton 24 ton 26 ton 28 ton 30 ton 32 ton 34 ton Power
Supply,
Capacity Index 264 288 312 336 360 384 408 Standard
230V RXYQ- 264T 288T 312T 336T 360T 384T 408T TJN
Heat Pump
460V RXYQ- 264T 288T 312T 336T 360T 384T 408T YDN
VJ: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz

TJ: 3 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz
YD: 3 phase, 460V, 60Hz
U(VJU, TJU): Standard Symbol
2 General Information
SiUS341413EA Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
Combination of Outdoor Units

Heat Pump 460V
Model name RXYQ72TYDN RXYQ96TYDN RXYQ120TYDN RXYQ144TYDN RXYQ168TYDN
Outdoor unit 1 RXYQ72TYDN RXYQ96TYDN RXYQ120TYDN RXYQ144TYDN RXYQ168TYDN

Outdoor unit 3 — — — — —

Outdoor unit 3 — — RXYQ120TYDN RXYQ168TYDN RXYQ168TYDN
Heat Pump 230V

Model name RXYQ72TTJU RXYQ96TTJU RXYQ120TTJU RXYQ144TTJU RXYQ168TTJU
Outdoor unit 1 RXYQ72TTJU RXYQ96TTJU RXYQ120TTJU RXYQ144TTJU RXYQ168TTJU

Outdoor unit 3 — — — — —

Outdoor unit 3 — — RXYQ120TTJU RXYQ168TTJU RXYQ168TTJU
External Appearance SiUS341413EA
2. External Appearance
2.1 Indoor Units
VRV Indoor Units
Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow with sensing) type Ceiling suspended type
FXFQ-T FXHQ-M
Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type Wall mounted type
FXFQ-P FXAQ-P
4 way ceiling mounted cassette (2’×2’) type Floor standing type

FXZQ-M FXLQ-M
Slim ceiling mounted duct type Concealed floor standing type

FXDQ-M FXNQ-M
Ceiling mounted duct type (Middle and high static Air handling unit
pressure)
FXTQ-PA
FXMQ-PA
Ceiling mounted duct type

FXMQ-M
SiUS341413EA External Appearance
2.2 Air Treatment Equipment

Outdoor-air processing unit Energy Recovery Ventilator
(VAM Series)
FXMQ48MFVJU
VAM-G
FXMQ72MFVJU
FXMQ96MFVJU
2.3 Outdoor Units

Single Outdoor Units
RXYQ72T RXYQ96 / 120 / 144 / 168T
Double Outdoor Units

RXYQ192T RXYQ216 / 240 / 264 / 288 / 312 / 336T
External Appearance SiUS341413EA
Triple Outdoor Units

RXYQ360 / 384 / 408T
SiUS341413EA Combination of Outdoor Units
3. Combination of Outdoor Units

System capacity Number Module Outdoor Unit Multi Connection Piping Kit
ton HP of units 72 96 120 144 168 1
6 7.5 1 O
8 10 1 O
10 12.5 1 O —
12 15 1 O
14 17.5 1 O
16 20 2 O O
18 22.5 2 O O
20 25 2 OO
22 27.5 2 O O BHFR22P100U
24 30 2 OO
26 323.5 2 O O
28 35 2 OO
30 37.5 3 OOO
32 40 3 O O O BHFR22P151U
34 42.5 3 O O O
Note: 1 For multiple connection, the outdoor unit multi connection piping kit (separately sold) is required.
Capacity Range SiUS341413EA
4. Capacity Range
4.1 Combination Ratio
Total capacity index of the indoor units
Combination ratio =
Capacity index of the outdoor units
Max. combination ratio

Types of connected indoor units Type of connected air treatment equipments
Min.
Type combination When using When using FXMQ-MF
ratio only FXTQ,
only FXDQ, or at least Other indoor When FXMQ-MF and
FXMQ-P, unit models When FXMQ-MF is only
one connected indoor units are
FXAQ connected
FXFQ09
Single outdoor units 200%
Double outdoor units 50% 200% 130% 160% 100% 100%∗
Triple outdoor units 130%
Note: If the operational capacity of indoor units is more than 130%, low airflow operation is enforced in all the indoor
units.
∗ When outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) and standard indoor units are connected, the total connection
capacity of the outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) must not exceed 30% of the capacity index of the
outdoor units. And the connection ratio must not exceed 100%.
Outdoor Units
Capacity Range 6 ton 8 ton 10 ton 12 ton 14 ton 16 ton 18 ton
RXYQ 72T 96T 120T 144T 168T 192T 216T
Max. Number of
Connectable 12 16 20 25 29 33 37
Indoor Units
Total Capacity 36 48 60 72 84 96 108
Index of Indoor ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Units to be 93 124 156 187 218 249 280
Connected ∗1 (144) (192) (240) (288) (336) (307) (346)
Capacity Range 20 ton 22 ton 24 ton 26 ton 28 ton 30 ton 32 ton 34 ton
RXYQ 240T 264T 288T 312T 336T 360T 384T 408T
Max. Number of
Connectable 41 45 49 54 58 62 64 64
Indoor Units
Total Capacity 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204
Index of Indoor ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Units to be 312 343 374 405 436 468 499 530
Connected ∗1 (384) (422) (461) (499) (538) (468) (499) (530)
Note: ∗1 Values inside brackets are based on connection of indoor units rated at maximum capacity, 200% for single
outdoor units, 160% for double outdoor units, and 130% for triple outdoor units.
SiUS341413EA
Part 2
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) .......................................................10
1.4 Outdoor–Air Processing Unit FXMQ48MFVJU~96MFVJU ........................ 16
2. Functional Parts Layout ............................................................................17
2.1 RXYQ72TTJU ............................................................................................ 17
2.2 RXYQ96/120TTJU ..................................................................................... 18
2.3 RXYQ144/168TTJU ................................................................................... 19
2.4 RXYQ72TYDN ........................................................................................... 20
2.5 RXYQ96/120TYDN .................................................................................... 21
2.6 RXYQ144/168TYDN .................................................................................. 22
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...............................................23
Refrigerant Circuit 9
Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) SiUS341413EA
1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

1.1 RXYQ72TTJU, RXYQ72TYDN
No. in
refrigerant Electric
system symbol Name Major Function
diagram
A M1C Inverter compressor (INV.) Inverter driven compressor is operated in multi-steps according to Te.
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 10-step rotation
C M1F INV. fan
speed by using the inverter.
Electronic expansion valve
E Y1E (Main) Fully open during cooling operation.
F Y2E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger
(Injection) constant.
Solenoid valve
G Y1S Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
(Four way valve)
Solenoid valve
H Y2S (Accumulator oil return) Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor.
I Y3S Solenoid valve (Oil return 1) Used to control the amount of oil from the oil separator to the compressor.
J S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure.
K S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure.
L S1PH High pressure switch In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when an error occurs, this switch is
activated at high pressure of 580 psi or more to stop the compressor operation.
This valve opens at a pressure of 580 psi for prevention of pressure increase, thus
M — Pressure regulating valve resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in transportation
or storage.
N — Subcooling heat exchanger Used to subcooling liquid refrigerant from the electronic expansion valve.
O — Capillary tube Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the compressor.
1 R1T Thermistor (Outdoor air) Used to detect outdoor air temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
2 R21T Thermistor (Discharge pipe)
compressor, and others.
3 R3T Thermistor (Accumulator inlet) Used to detect gas pipe temperature at the accumulator inlet.
Thermistor (Heat exchanger This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
4 R4T electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgements on the recover or discharge
liquid pipe) refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
5 R5T Thermistor (Subcooling heat This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main electronic expansion valve and
exchanger liquid pipe) subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
6 R6T exchanger gas pipe) exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet of
subcooling heat exchanger.
Thermistor
7 R7T Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger.
(Heat exchanger deicer)
10 Refrigerant Circuit
Stop valve (With service port φ5/16 in. (7.9mm) flare connection)
SiUS341413EA
Refrigerant Circuit
(N)
Double tube
(E)
(6) Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion
valve (4)
Liquid
pipe
RXYQ72TTJU, RXYQ72TYDN
Filter Filter
(7)
(5)
Heat sink
(C)
(F) Electronic Fan
expansion Heat exchanger
Fusible valve M
plug
(G)
Four way valve
(1)
(M) Pressure (J)

regulating
valve High pressure
Gas S1NPH
pipe sensor
S1NPL
Check valve
Low pressure
(K) sensor
Filter
(L)
High pressure
switch Oil
S1PH separator
(3)
(2)
Filter
Compressor (I)
(A)
SV
INV. Solenoid valve

Accumulator
Capillary Charge Capillary tube

SV tube port (O)
Filter Solenoid (H) Filter

valve
C: 3D085567
11
Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)
1.2 RXYQ96/120TTJU, RXYQ96/120TYDN

No. in
refrigerant Electric Name Major Function
system symbol
diagram
A M1C Inverter compressor (INV. 1) Inverter compressor is operated in multi-steps according to Te.
C M1F Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 10-step rotation
INV. fan
D M2F speed by using the inverter.
E Y1E Electronic expansion valve Fully open during cooling operation.

(Main)
Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger
F Y2E
Solenoid valve
G Y1S (Four way valve) Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
H Y2S Solenoid valve Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor.
(Accumulator oil return)
I Y3S Solenoid valve (Oil return 1) Used to control the amount of oil from the oil separator to the compressor.
K S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure.
L S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure.
High pressure switch In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when an error occurs, this switch is
M S1PH
(For INV. 1 compressor) activated at high pressure of 580 psi or more to stop the compressor operation.
O — Pressure regulating valve resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in transportation
or storage.
P — Subcooling heat exchanger Used to subcooling liquid refrigerant from the electronic expansion valve.
Q — Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the compressor.
R — Capillary tube
Thermistor Used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
2 R21T
(INV. 1 discharge pipe) compressor, and others.
Thermistor
Thermistor Detects compressor surface temperature, this switch is activated at surface temperature
8 R8T (Compressor surface) of 120 deg. or more to stop the compressor operation.
SiUS341413EA
Refrigerant Circuit
(P) (E)
Double tube (6)
Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion
valve (4)
Liquid
pipe
(7)
Filter Filter
(5)
Heat sink (C)
Fan
(F) Electronic
RXYQ96/120TTJU, RXYQ96/120TYDN
expansion M Heat exchanger

valve (D)
Fusible Fan
plug
M (1)
Four way valve (G)
(O) Pressure
regulating (K)
Gas valve High pressure
S1NPH
pipe sensor
S1NPL
Check valve
(L) Low pressure
sensor
Filter
(M) High pressure

switch Oil
S1PH separator
(R2T)
(2)
Filter
(A)
Compressor
(I)
SV
INV. Solenoid valve

Accumulator
(8)
(Q)
Capillary Charge Capillary tube

SV tube port
(R)
Filter Solenoid (H) Filter
valve
C: 3D085598
13

No. in
refrigerant Electric Name Major Function
system symbol
diagram
A M1C Inverter compressor (INV. 1)
Inverter compressor is operated in multi-steps according to Te.
B M2C Inverter compressor (INV. 2)
C M1F Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 10-step rotation
INV. fan speed by using the inverter.
D M2F
E Y1E (Main) Fully open during cooling operation.
F Y2E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat exchanger
Solenoid valve
G Y1S Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
(Four way valve)
Solenoid valve
H Y2S (Accumulator oil return) Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor.
I Y3S Solenoid valve (Oil return 1)

Used to control the amount of oil from the oil separator to the compressor.
J Y4S Solenoid valve (Oil return 2)
K S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure.
L S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure.
High pressure switch
M S1PH (For INV. 1 compressor) In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when an error occurs, this switch is
High pressure switch activated at high pressure of 580 psi or more to stop the compressor operation.
N S2PH
(For INV. 2 compressor)
O — Pressure regulating valve resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in transportation
or storage.
P — Subcooling heat exchanger Used to subcooling liquid refrigerant from the electronic expansion valve.
Q — Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the compressor.
R — Capillary tube
Thermistor
2 R21T (INV. 1 discharge pipe) Used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
Thermistor compressor, and others.
3 R22T
(INV. 2 discharge pipe)
Thermistor
SiUS341413EA
Refrigerant Circuit
(P)
Double tube
(7) Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion
valve (5)
Liquid
pipe
(8)
Filter (E) Filter
(6)
(C) Fan
Electronic M
expansion (D) Heat exchanger
valve Heat sink Fan
RXYQ144/168TTJU, RXYQ144/168TYDN
Fusible
plug (F) (1)
(G) M
Four way valve
Pressure (K)
regulating High pressure
valve (O) S1NPH
Gas sensor
pipe
(L) Check valve Check valve
S1NPH
Low pressure
Filter Filter
sensor (N)
High pressure
switch Oil Oil (M)
S2PH separator separator
High pressure
(4) switch
(3) S1PH
Filter Filter
(2)
(B) (J) (I) (A)
Solenoid Solenoid
SV
SV
Compressor valve valve Compressor

INV.2 (Q) INV.1
Capillary
Accumulator tube
Capillary
tube
(R)
Capillary Charge
SV tube port
Filter Solenoid Filter

valve
(H)
C: 3D085568
15
1.4 Outdoor–Air Processing Unit FXMQ48MFVJU~96MFVJU

1.4.1 Refrigerant System
Gas pipe
connection port
Heat exchanger
4
2
Filter
C Capillary
tube
Fan
Distributor 1
Solenoid
B valve
Liquid pipe
connection port
Check
A valve
Filter Filter
Electronic
expansion valve
4D018650D
Main Control Equipment
No. in
refrigerant Electric Name Major function
system symbol
diagram
Used to control the flow rate of refrigerant, and make the
A Y1E Electronic expansion valve SH control (∗1) while in cooling.
Used to bypass hot gas while in heating with thermostat
B Y1S Solenoid valve OFF. (close while in cooling)
Used to reduce pressure from high to low in bypassing hot
C — Capillary tube gas.
1 R1T Suction air thermistor Used to turn ON or OFF the thermostat.
Used to control the opening degree of electronic expansion
2 R2T Liquid pipe thermistor valve under the SC control (∗2).
Used to control the opening degree of electronic expansion
3 R3T Gas pipe thermistor valve under the SH control.
Used to control the electronic expansion valve opening and
4 R4T Discharge air thermistor thermostat ON/OFF so as to keep the discharge air
temperature at the set temperature.
Note: ∗1. SH control: Superheated control of heat exchanger outlet

∗2. SC control: Subcooling control of heat exchanger outlet
SiUS341413EA Functional Parts Layout
2. Functional Parts Layout

2.1 RXYQ72TTJU
Top View
Solenoid valve (Oil return 1)

(Y3S)
Thermistor (Accumulator inlet)
(R3T)
Electronic expansion valve (Injection)
(Y2E)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)
Thermistor
(Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe)
(R6T)
Thermistor
(Heat exchanger liquid pipe)
(R4T)
Front View
INV. fan
(M1F)
High pressure sensor

Solenoid valve (Four way valve)
(S1NPH)
(Y1S)

Electronic expansion valve (Main) (S1PH)
(Y1E)
Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger liquid pipe)

(R5T) Thermistor (Discharge pipe)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger deicer) (R21T)
(R7T)
Crankcase heater
Solenoid valve (Accumulator oil return) (E1HC)
(Y2S)
Inverter compressor (INV.)
(M1C)
C: 1P350701B
Functional Parts Layout SiUS341413EA
2.2 RXYQ96/120TTJU
Top View
(Y3S)

(R3T)

(Y2E)
Thermistor
(Subcooling heat exchanger liquid pipe)
(R5T)
Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

(R21T)
Front View
INV. fan
(M2F) Thermistor (Outdoor air) INV. fan
(R1T) (M1F)

(S1NPH)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)

(Y1S)
Thermistor
(Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe) High pressure switch
(R6T) (S1PH)
Electronic expansion valve (Main)

(Y1E)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger liquid pipe)

(R4T)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger deicer)

(R7T)
Solenoid valve (Accumulator oil return)
(Y2S)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC) Inverter compressor (INV.) Thermistor (Compressor surface)
(M1C) (R8T)
C: 1P350702D
2.3 RXYQ144/168TTJU
Top View
Solenoid valve (Oil return 2) Solenoid valve (Oil return 1)

(Y4S) (Y3S)

(R3T)
(Y2E)
Thermistor
(R5T)
Thermistor (INV. 2 discharge pipe) Thermistor (INV. 1 discharge pipe)

(R22T) (R21T)
Front View
INV. fan
(M2F) High pressure sensor
Thermistor (Outdoor air) (S1NPH)
(R1T)
INV. fan
(M1F)

(For INV. 2 compressor)
(S2PH)

Low pressure sensor (For INV. 1 compressor)
(S1NPL) (S1PH)

(Y1S)
Thermistor
(R6T)
(Y1E)

(R4T)

(R7T)
(Y2S)
Inverter compressor Crankcase heater 1
Inverter compressor (INV. 1) (E1HC)
Crankcase heater 2 (INV. 2) (M1C)
(E2HC) (M2C)
C: 1P350703E
2.4 RXYQ72TYDN
Top View

Thermistor (Accumulator inlet) (Y3S)
(R3T)

(Y2E)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)
Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe)

(R6T)

(R4T)
Front View
INV. fan
(M1F)

Solenoid valve (Four way valve) (S1NPH)
(Y1S)

(S1PH)
(Y1E)
Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger liquid pipe)

(R5T)
(R7T) Thermistor (Discharge pipe)
(R21T)
Crankcase heater
Solenoid valve (Accumulator oil return) (E1HC) Inverter compressor (INV.)
(Y2S) (M1C)
C: 1P350704B
2.5 RXYQ96/120TYDN
Top View

(Y3S)

(R3T)

(Y2E)
Thermistor
(R5T)
Thermistor (Discharge pipe)

(R21T)
Front View
INV. fan
(M2F)
Thermistor (Outdoor air) INV. fan
(R1T) (M1F)

(S1NPH)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)

(Y1S)
Thermistor
(R6T)
Electronic expansion valve (Main) High pressure switch
(Y1E) (S1PH)
(R4T)

(R7T)
(Y2S)
Crankcase heater Inverter compressor (INV.) Thermistor (Compressor surface)
(E1HC) (M1C) (R8T)
C: 1P350705E
2.6 RXYQ144/168TYDN
Top View
Solenoid valve (Oil return 2) Solenoid valve (Oil return 1)

Thermistor (Accumulator inlet) (Y3S)
(Y4S)
(R3T)

(Y2E)
Thermistor
(R5T)
Thermistor (INV. 2 discharge pipe) Thermistor (INV. 1 discharge pipe)

(R22T) (R21T)
Front View
INV. fan Thermistor (Outdoor air) INV. fan High pressure sensor
(M2F) (R1T) (M1F) (S1NPH)
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL) High pressure switch (For INV. 2 compressor)
(S2PH)

(Y1S) High pressure switch (For INV. 1 compressor)
Thermistor (S1PH)
(R6T)

(Y1E)

(R4T)

(R7T)
(Y2S)
Inverter compressor Crankcase heater 1
Crankcase heater 2 (INV. 1) (E1HC)
(E2HC) Inverter compressor (INV. 2) (M1C)
(M2C)
C: 1P350706D
SiUS341413EA Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode

3.1 RXYQ72TTJU, RXYQ72TYDN
Cooling Operation
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"Low temperature, low pressure"
Indoor unit operation
Fan ON Fan ON
"ON" Fan OFF "OFF" "ON"

Heat exchanger Heat exchanger Heat exchanger
Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal
control EV: 0 pulse EV: 0 pulse
Filter Filter Filter Filter Filter Filter
Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit
Thermostat "ON" Thermostat "OFF"
Double tube Electronic

heat exchanger expansion valve
Filter Filter
Heat sink
Electronic Fan
Fusible M
plug valve
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL
Check valve
Low pressure
sensor Filter
High pressure
switch Oil
S1PH separator
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
Accumulator INV.
Capillary tube Charge port Capillary tube

SV
Filter Solenoid valve Filter
C: 3D085567
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode SiUS341413EA
Cooling Oil Return Operation

Fan ON Fan LL

Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal EV: Normal
control EV: 224 pulses control

Filter Filter
Heat sink
Electronic Fan
Fusible M
plug valve
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL
Check valve
Low pressure
sensor Filter
High pressure
switch Oil
S1PH separator
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
Accumulator INV.

SV
C: 3D085567
Heating Oil Return & Defrost Operation

Fan OFF "ON" Fan OFF "OFF" Fan OFF "ON"

Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal

Filter Filter
Heat sink
Electronic Fan
Fusible M
plug valve
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL
Check valve
Low pressure
sensor Filter
High pressure
switch Oil
S1PH separator
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
Accumulator INV.

SV
C: 3D085567
Heating operation
Fan ON Fan ON

Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal

Filter Filter
Heat sink
Electronic Fan
Fusible M
plug valve
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL
Check valve
Low pressure
sensor Filter
High pressure
switch Oil
S1PH separator
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
Accumulator INV.

SV
C: 3D085567

Cooling Operation
Fan ON Fan ON

Fan Fan Fan
EV: Normal

Double tube
heat exchanger Electronic
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Heat sink
Fan
Electronic
expansion valve M Heat exchanger
Fusible Fan
plug
M
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL Check valve

Low pressure
sensor
Filter
High pressure
switch Oil separator
S1PH
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
INV.
Accumulator

SV
C: 3D085598


Fan OFF
Fan ON Fan ON
"ON" "OFF" "ON"

Fan Fan Fan


Double tube
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Heat sink
Fan
Electronic
expansion valve M Heat exchanger
Fusible Fan
plug
M
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL Check valve

Low pressure
sensor
Filter
High pressure
switch Oil separator
S1PH
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
INV.
Accumulator

SV
C: 3D085598


Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal
Double tube
Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Heat sink
Fan
Electronic
expansion valve
M Heat exchanger
Fusible Fan
plug M
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL Check valve
Low pressure
sensor Filter
High pressure
switch
Oil separator
S1PH
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
INV.
Accumulator
SV Capillary tube Charge port Capillary tube
C: 3D085598
Heating Operation
Fan ON "ON" Fan OFF "OFF" Fan ON "ON"

Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal
Double tube
Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Heat sink
Fan
Electronic
expansion valve
M Heat exchanger
Fusible Fan
plug M
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve
S1NPH High pressure
sensor
S1NPL Check valve
Low pressure
sensor Filter
High pressure
switch
Oil separator
S1PH
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
SV
INV.
Accumulator
SV Capillary tube Charge port Capillary tube
C: 3D085598

Cooling Operation
Fan ON Fan ON

Fan Fan Fan
EV: Normal

Double tube
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Fan
Electronic M
expansion valve Heat sink Heat exchanger
Fan
Fusible
plug M
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve High pressure
S1NPH
sensor
Check valve Check valve

S1NPL
Low pressure Filter Filter
sensor
High pressure
switch Oil separator Oil
S2PH separator High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter Filter
Solenoid Solenoid
SV
SV
Compressor Compressor
INV.2 valve valve INV.1
Accumulator Capillary tube
Capillary tube
Capillary tube Charge port

SV
C: 3D085568


Fan OFF
Fan ON Fan ON
"ON" "OFF" "ON"

Fan Fan Fan


Double tube
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Fan
Electronic M
expansion valve Heat sink Heat exchanger
Fan
Fusible
plug M
Four way valve
Pressure
regulating valve High pressure
S1NPH
sensor

S1NPL
sensor
High pressure
switch Oil separator Oil
S2PH separator High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter Filter
Solenoid Solenoid
SV
SV
Compressor Compressor
Capillary tube

SV
C: 3D085568


Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal
Double tube
Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Fan
Electronic M
Heat sink Heat exchanger

expansion valve Fan
Fusible
plug M
Four way valve
Pressure High pressure

regulating valve S1NPH sensor

S1NPL
sensor High pressure
switch Oil Oil
S2PH separator separator High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter Filter
Compressor Solenoid Solenoid Compressor

SV
SV

Capillary tube
SV
C: 3D085568
Heating Operation
Fan ON "ON" Fan OFF "OFF" Fan ON "ON"

Fan Fan Fan

EV: Normal
Double tube
Electronic
heat exchanger
expansion valve
Filter Filter
Fan
Electronic M
Heat sink Heat exchanger

expansion valve Fan
Fusible
plug M
Four way valve
Pressure High pressure

regulating valve S1NPH sensor

S1NPL
sensor High pressure
switch Oil Oil
S2PH separator separator High pressure
switch
S1PH
Filter Filter
Compressor Solenoid Solenoid Compressor

SV
SV

Capillary tube
SV
C: 3D085568
SiUS341413EA
Part 3
Remote Controller
1. Wired Remote Controller...........................................................................36
1.3 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using 2 Remote Controllers ............................... 41
2. Wireless Remote Controller ......................................................................46
2.3 Address and MAIN/SUB Setting................................................................. 48
3. Service Mode ............................................................................................51
3.1 BRC1D71 ................................................................................................... 51
3.2 BRC1E72 ................................................................................................... 54
Remote Controller 35
Wired Remote Controller SiUS341413EA
1. Wired Remote Controller

1.1 Applicable Models
For VRV indoor unit use
Model Series FXFQ-T FXZQ-M FXDQ-M FXMQ-PA FXMQ-M FXHQ-M FXAQ-P FXLQ-P FXTQ-PA
FXFQ-P FXNQ-P
Remote controller BRC1D71
Navigation remote
controller (Wired BRC1E72
remote controller)
For residential indoor unit use

CTXS
Model Series
FTXS
Remote controller —
36 Remote Controller
SiUS341413EA Wired Remote Controller
1.2 Names and Functions

1.2.1 BRC1D71
3 6 23 7 8 9 2 1
10
4 11
12
14 22
17
25
16 13 15 18 19 20 21 5 24
29 33
26 35
27 36
37
28 30 31 32 34
Figure 1
1 ON/OFF BUTTON 8 EXTERNAL CONTROL ICON

Press the ON/OFF button to start or stop the system. This icon indicates that another controller with higher
priority is controlling or disabling your installation.
2 OPERATION LAMP
The operation lamp lights up during operation or blinks if 9 CHANGE-OVER UNDER CENTRALIZED
an error occurs. CONTROL ICON
This icon indicates that the change-over of the installation
3 OPERATION MODE ICON is under centralized control assigned to another indoor
These icons indicate the current operation mode (FAN, unit or optional cool/heat selector connected to the
DRY, AUTOMATIC, COOLING, HEATING). outdoor unit (= main remote controller).
4 VENTILATION MODE ICON 10 DAY OF THE WEEK INDICATOR

MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
These icons indicate the current ventilation mode (Heat Reclaim The day of the week indicator shows the current week
Ventilator only) (AUTOMATIC, HEAT EXCHANGE, BYPASS). day (or the set day when reading or programming the
schedule timer).
5 VENTILATION ICON
The ventilation icon appears when the ventilation is adjusted with 11 CLOCK DISPLAY
the ventilation amount button (Heat Reclaim Ventilator only). The clock display indicates the current time (or the action
Simultaneously, the ventilation amount is indicated by the time when reading or programming the schedule timer).
fan speed icon (see 22).
12 MAXIMUM SET TEMPERATURE
6 AIR CLEANING ICON The maximum set temperature indicates the maximum
This icon indicates that the air cleaning unit (option) is set temperature when in limit operation.
operational.
13 MINIMUM SET TEMPERATURE
7 AWAY ICON The minimum set temperature indicates the minimum set
The away icon shows the status of the away function. temperature when in limit operation.
ON AWAY is enabled
14 SCHEDULE TIMER ICON
BLINKING AWAY is active
This icon indicates that the schedule timer is enabled.
OFF AWAY is disabled
15 ACTION ICONS 1 2 3 4 5 29 PROGRAMMING BUTTON FUNCTION

These icons indicate the actions for each day of the This button is a multi-purpose button.
schedule timer. Depending on the previous manipulations of the user,
the programming button can have various functions.
16 OFF ICON
This icon indicates that the OFF action is selected when 30 SCHEDULE TIMER BUTTON
programming the schedule timer. This button enables or disables the schedule timer.
17 INSPECTION REQUIRED and 31 TIME ADJUST BUTTON

These icons indicate that inspection is required. Consult These buttons are used to adjust the clock or, when in
your installer. programming mode, to adjust the programmed action
time. Both buttons have an auto-repeat function.
18 SET TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
This indicates the current set temperature of the 32 TEMPERATURE ADJUST BUTTONS
installation (not shown in LIMIT operation or in FAN or These buttons are used to adjust the current setpoint or,
DRY mode). when in programming mode, to adjust the programmed
setpoint temperature (step = 1°F). Both buttons are also
19 SETTING used to adjust the day of the week.
Not used, for service purposes only.
33 OPERATION CHANGE/MIN-MAX BUTTON
20 AIRFLOW DIRECTION ICON This button is a multi-purpose button. Depending on the
This icon indicates the airflow direction (only for previous manipulations of the user, it can have following
installations with motorized airflow flaps). functions:
1 select the operation mode of the installation
21 NOT AVAILABLE (FAN, DRY, AUTOMATIC, COOLING, HEATING)
is displayed whenever a non-installed option is 2 toggle between minimum temperature and
addressed or a function is not available. maximum temperature when in limit operation
22 FAN SPEED ICON

34 SETPOINT/LIMIT BUTTON
This icon indicates the set fan speed.
This button toggles between setpoint, limit operation or
(programming mode only).
23 DEFROST/HOTSTART MODE ICON
This icon indicates that the defrost/hotstart mode is
35 FAN SPEED BUTTON
active.
This button toggles between L (Low), H (High), HH (very
High), AUTO (Automatic).
24 AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME ICON
This icon indicates the air filter must be cleaned. Refer to
36 AIRFLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
the manual of the indoor unit.
This button enables to adjust the airflow direction.
25 ELEMENT CLEANING TIME ICON
37 AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME ICON RESET
This icon indicates the element must be cleaned (Heat
BUTTON
Reclaim Ventilator only).
This button is used to reset the air filter cleaning time
icon.
26 VENTILATION MODE BUTTON
The ventilation mode button operates the Heat Reclaim Ventilator;
refer to the Heat Reclaim Ventilator manual for more details.
27 VENTILATION AMOUNT BUTTON

This button sets the ventilation amount; refer to the Heat
Reclaim Ventilator manual for more details.
28 INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON

Not used, for service purposes only.
3P166742-1
1.2.2 BRC1E72
1. Operation mode
selector button
11. LCD (with backlight)
4. Up button
5. Down button
6. Right button
7. Left button
9. Operation lamp
8. On/Off button
3. Menu/OK button
10. Cancel button
2. Fan speed control

button
Functions other than basic operation items (i.e., On/Off, Operation Mode, Fan Speed, and
Setpoint) are set from the menu screen.
NOTE Do not install the remote controller in places exposed to direct sunlight, the LCD will be
damaged.
Do not pull or twist the remote controller cord, the remote controller may be damaged.
Do not use objects with sharp ends to press the buttons on the remote controller damage may
result.
1. Operation mode selector button

Press this button to select the operation mode of your preference.
∗ Available modes vary with the indoor unit model.
2. Fan speed control button

Press this button to select the fan speed of your preference.
∗ Available fan speeds vary with the indoor unit model.
3. Menu/OK button
Used to indicate the main menu.
Used to enter the selected item.
4. Up button S
Used to raise the setpoint.
The item above the current selection will be highlighted.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled continuously when the button is continuously pressed.)
Used to change the selected item.
5. Down button T
Used to lower the setpoint.
The item below the current selection will be highlighted.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled continuously when the button is continuously pressed.)
Used to change the selected item.
6. Right button X
Used to highlight the next items on the right-hand side.
Each screen is scrolled in the right-hand direction.
7. Left button W
Used to highlight the next items on the left-hand side.
Each screen is scrolled in the left-hand direction.
8. On/Off button
Press this button and system will start.
Press this button again to stop the system.
9. Operation lamp (Green)

This lamp illuminates solid during normal operation.
This lamp blinks if an error occurs.
10.Cancel button
Used to return to the previous screen.
11.LCD (with backlight)

The backlight will be illuminated for approximately 30 seconds by pressing any button.
If 2 remote controllers are used to control a single indoor unit, only the controller to be accessed
first will have backlight functionality.
1.3 MAIN/SUB Setting when Using 2 Remote Controllers

Situation
The MAIN/SUB setting is necessary when 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2 remote controllers. When you use 2
remote controllers (control panel and separate remote controller), set one to MAIN and the other to SUB.
Setting
The remote controllers are factory setting to MAIN, so you only have to change one remote controller from MAIN
to SUB. To change a remote controller from MAIN to SUB, proceed as follows:
1.3.1 BRC1D71
Step Action
1 Insert a flat-head screwdriver into the recess between the upper and lower part of the remote controller,
as shown in the illustration below. Gently pry off the upper part of the controller, working from the 2
possible positions.
Upper part of the

remote controller
Lower part of the

remote controller
2 Turn the MAIN/SUB changeover switch on the PCB to “S”.

The switch is set to
M MAIN (factory setting)
S
M
Set the switch to SUB.
S
1.3.2 BRC1E72
The designation of the main and sub remote controllers can be swapped. Note that this change requires turning
the power OFF and then ON again.
Basic screen
Select "Main RC"
is displayed. or "Sub RC" using
Press and the S/T (Up/Down)
Press
hold Cancel buttons, and then
Cancel
button for 4 press Menu/OK
button
seconds or button.
once.
more.
Select "Switch Main Sub Controller" Press Menu/OK
Service and press Menu/OK button. button.
Item 2 is Item 2 is
settings menu displayed. displayed.
Press Cancel button.
is displayed.
Service settings menu Item 2

Switch Main Sub Controller Main RC
Sub RC
1.4 Centralized Control Group No. Setting

1.4.1 BRC1D71
In order to conduct the centralized control using the central remote controller and the unified ON/
OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote controller.
Make Group No. settings for centralized remote control using the operating remote controller.
1. While in normal mode, press and hold the “ TEST
” switch for a period of 4 seconds or more to
set the system to "Field Setting Mode".
2. Select the MODE No. “00” with the “ ” button.
3. Use the “ ” button to select the group No. for each group.
(Group numbers increase in the order of 1-00, 1-01, ... 1-15, 2-00, ... 4-15.)
4. Press “ ” or “ ” to set the selected group No.
5. Press “ TEST” to return to the NORMAL MODE.
BRC1D71
Mode No.
Group No.
Field setting
mode
2
4 3
1,5
Note:
For setting group No. of Heat Reclaim Ventilator and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners,
etc., refer to the instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table. Be
sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
1.4.2 BRC1E72
<Group Address (Group)>
Basic screen
is displayed.
Press Press and hold
Cancel Cancel button
button for 4 seconds
once. or more.
Select "Group Address"
and then press Menu/OK
Service button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press Cancel displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Press Cancel Select "Group
button once. Address (Group)"
and then press
Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Select the desired Press Menu/OK

Group Address button.
using the S/T
(Up/Down)
buttons, and then
press Menu/OK
button.
Item 2 is
Press Cancel displayed.
button once.
<Group Address (Unit)>

Basic screen
is displayed.
Press Press and hold
Cancel Cancel button
button for 4 seconds
once. or more.
Select "Group Address"
and then press Menu/OK
Service button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press Cancel displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Press Cancel Select "Group
button once. Address (Unit)"
and then press
Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Select the Select Group

desired Group Address using
Address using the W/X buttons,
the S/T and then press
(Up/Down) Menu/OK button.
buttons, and then
press Menu/OK
button.
Item 2 is
Press Cancel displayed.
button once.
Service settings menu Item 2 Description

This menu is used to make group address setting for centralized
Group Address Group Address (Group) control equipment.
Group Address (Unit) It is also used to make group address setting by indoor unit.
Wireless Remote Controller SiUS341413EA
2. Wireless Remote Controller

2.1 Applicable Models
For VRV indoor unit use
Model Series FXFQ-T FXZQ-M FXDQ-M FXMQ-PA FXMQ-M FXHQ-M FXAQ-P FXLQ-P FXTQ-PA
FXFQ-P FXNQ-P
Remote controller BRC7F634F BRC7E530W BRC4C65 BRC4C65 BRC4C62 BRC7EA63W BRC7EA618 BRC4C62 —
For residential indoor unit use

CTXS
Model Series
FTXS
Remote controller — ∗1
Note: ∗1. A wireless remote controller is a standard accessory for CTXS and FTXS models.
2.2 Names and Functions

1-1
1
8
1-2
3
10
11
4
9
2 13
5 12
15
7
14
16
17
3P107422-11J
SiUS341413EA Wireless Remote Controller
DISPLAY “ ” (SIGNAL 14 AIRFLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON

TRANSMISSION) OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
1
This lights up when a signal is being 15 Press this button to select OPERATION
transmitted. MODE.
DISPLAY “ ”“ ”“ ”“ ” FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
“ ” (OPERATION MODE) 16 Refer to the section of MAINTENANCE in

the operation manual attached to the
2 This display shows the current indoor unit.
OPERATION MODE. For Cooling Only INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON
type, “ ” (Auto) and “ ” (Heating) 17 This button is used only by qualified
are not installed. service persons for maintenance purposes.
H M L EMERGENCY OPERATION SWITCH
DISPLAY “ ” (SET TEMPERATURE)
3 C 18 This switch is readily used if the remote
This display shows the set temperature. controller does not work.
RECEIVER
DISPLAY “ hr. hr. ” 19 This receives the signals from the remote
4 (PROGRAMMED TIME) controller.
This display shows PROGRAMMED TIME
OPERATING INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
of the system start or stop.
5 DISPLAY “ 20 This lamp stays lit while the air
” (AIRFLOW FLAP) conditioner runs. It flashes when the unit is
in trouble.
6 DISPLAY “ ”“ ” (FAN SPEED)
TIMER INDICATOR LAMP (Green)
The display shows the set fan speed. 21
This lamp stays lit while the timer is set.
DISPLAY “ TEST ”
AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME
(INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION) INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
7 When the INSPECTION/TEST 22
Lights up when it is time to clean the air
OPERATION BUTTON is pressed, the filter.
display shows the system mode is in.
DEFROST LAMP (Orange)
ON/OFF BUTTON
23 Lights up when the defrosting operation
8 Press the button and the system will start. has started. (For Cooling Only type this
Press the button again and the system will lamp does not turn ON.)
stop.
FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON
NOTES
• For the sake of explanation, all indications are
9 Press this button to select the fan speed,
shown on the display in Fig. 1-1 contrary to
HIGH or LOW, of your choice. actual running situations.
TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON • Fig. 1-2 shows the remote controller with the
front cover opened.
10 Use this button for SETTING
TEMPERATURE (Operates with the front • If the air filter cleaning time indicator lamp
cover of the remote controller closed.) lights up, clean the air filter as explained in
the operation manual provided with the indoor
PROGRAMMING TIMER BUTTON unit.
Use this button for programming “START After cleaning and reinstalling the air filter,
11 and/or STOP” time. (Operates with the
press the filter sign reset button on the
front cover of the remote controller remote controller. The air filter cleaning time
opened.) indicator lamp on the receiver will go out.
12 TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON • The Defrost Lamp will blink when the power is
13 TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON turned ON. This is not an error.
C: 3P107422-11J
2.3 Address and MAIN/SUB Setting

Introduction
To set the wireless remote controller, you have to set the address for:
The receiver of the wireless remote controller
The wireless remote controller.
Setting the Address for the Receiver

The address for the receiver of the wireless remote controller is factory setting to 1. To change this setting,
proceed as follows:
Set the wireless address switch (SS2) on the PCB according to the table below.
Unit No. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
1
1
Wireless address
2
2
switch (SS2)
3
3
When using both a wired and a wireless remote controller for 1 indoor unit, the wired controller should be set to
MAIN. Therefore, set the MAIN/SUB switch (SS1) of the receiver to SUB.
MAIN/SUB MAIN SUB
MAIN/SUB switch S S
(SS1) M M
Setting the Address for the Wireless Remote Controller

The address for the wireless remote controller is factory setting to 1. To change this setting, proceed as follows:
/TEST
1. Hold down the “ ” button and the “ ” button for
at least 4 seconds to get the field setting mode. Mode 3
(Indicated in the display area in the figure at right.)

FAN
2. Press the “ ” button and select a multiple setting (A/b).
Each time the button is pressed the display switches between 2

“A” and “b”.
3. Press the “ ” button or “ ” button to set the address.

UP DOWN Address 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
Multiple
Address can be set from 1 to 6, but set it to 1 ~ 3 and to same setting
address as the receiver. (The receiver does not work with
1
address 4 ~ 6.)
RESERVE 5
4. Press the “ ” button to enter the setting.
5. Hold down the “ /TEST ” button for at least 1 second to quit the field setting mode and return to the normal
display.
SiUS341413EA Wireless Remote Controller
Multiple Settings A/b

When the indoor unit is being operating by external control (central remote controller, etc.), it sometimes does not
respond to ON/OFF and temperature setting commands from this remote controller. Check what setting the
customer wants and make the multiple setting as shown below.
Remote controller
Multiple Remote controller Movement when the operation is controlled by the other air conditioners and equipment
setting display
When operation changeover, temperature setting or the like is carried out from the
remote controller, the indoor unit rejects the instruction.
A: Standard All items displayed. (Signal receiving sound “peeh” or “pick-pick-pick”)
As a result, a discrepancy between the operation state of the indoor unit and the
indication of the remote controller display occurs.
Operations remain Since the indication of the remote controller is turned OFF, no discrepancy such as
b: Multi
System displayed shortly after mentioned above occurs.
execution.
2.4 Centralized Control Group No. Setting

1. When in the normal mode, press “ ” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then enters the “field
setting mode”.
2. Set mode No. “00” with “ ” button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with “ ”“ ” button.
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pressing “ ” button.
5. Press “ ” button and return to the normal mode.
MODE No.
FIELD SETTING MODE
3
GROUP No.
1, 5
Example
Central Remote
Controller
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
Group Control by Remote Controller
1-00 Main RC RC Sub RC
(automatic unit address)
1-01 1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2 F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Controller
RC
1-03
1-04
Caution When turning the power supply ON, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal display.
This is not an operative fault.
SiUS341413EA Service Mode
3. Service Mode
3.1 BRC1D71
3.1.1 Display Service Data
Unit No. Mode No.

Second Field
Code No. Setting
3 4 Mode
First
Code No.
1 2 7
5 3
6
1. Enter the field setting mode.

Press the INSPECTION / TEST operation button for 4 seconds or more.
2. Enter the service mode.
After having entered the field setting mode, press the INSPECTION / TEST operation button for
4 seconds or more.
3. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the up/down temperature setting button.
4. Select the unit No.
Select the indoor unit No. set with the time mode ON/OFF button.
5. Select the desired error history No. or sensor data No. with “ ” or “ ” button.
6. Each data displays (Refer to the table below display)
7. Return to the normal operation mode.
Press the INSPECTION / TEST operation button once.
Mode Function Content and Operation Example of Remote Controller Display
No. Method
Error History You can change the
history with the Past error
code
programming time up-
down button. UNIT No.
40 CODE SETTING
Error history 1: Newest
3: Oldest
"00" displayed for 4 and subsequent.
Sensor Data Select the display

Display thermistor with the Thermistor type
programming time up-
down button Temperature
41 Display thermistor
UNIT No.
0: Remote controller
thermistor
1: Suction air thermistor SETTING
2: Heat exchanger
thermistor
Service Mode SiUS341413EA
3.1.2 Service Setting
Mode No.
Unit No. Mode No. Field Setting Mode
Second Field
Code No. Setting
3 4 Mode
First
Code No.
1 2 6 Second Code No.

5 3
5
First Code No.
1. Enter the field setting mode.

Continue to press the INSPECTION / TEST operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
2. Enter the maintenance mode.
After having entered the field setting mode, continue to press the INSPECTION / TEST
operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
3. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the up/down temperature setting button.
4. Select the unit No.
Select the indoor unit No. set with the time mode ON/OFF button.
5. Carry out the necessary settings for each mode. (Mode 43 only possible for wireless remote
controller)
• In case of Mode 43
Press timer ON/OFF button to decide the forced Fan ON.
Set “Fan speed” with fan speed control button and “Airflow direction” with airflow direction
adjusting button, then press timer ON/OFF button to decide.
Select the changed unit No. with “ ” or “ ” button, then press timer ON/OFF button to
decide.
6. Return to the normal operation mode.
Press the INSPECTION / TEST operation button 1 time.
Mode Function Content and Operation Example of Remote Controller Display

No. Method
Forced Fan Turns the fan ON for each unit UNIT No.
ON individually.
43
SETTING
Individual Sets fan speed and airflow
Setting direction for each unit Fan 1 : Low
speed
individually when using group 3 : High 0: Upper
control.
44 Airflow direction
Settings are made using the
UNIT No. 4: Lowest
“airflow direction adjust” and
“fan speed adjust” buttons.
CODE SETTING
Unit No. Changes unit No.

Field setting No.
Change Set the unit No. after changing
with the programming time up-
No. after change
45 down button.
UNIT No.
CODE SETTING
3.2 BRC1E72
Operating the remote controller allows service data to be acquired and various services to be set.
Basic
screen is
displayed.
Press Cancel Press Cancel
button once. Press and hold Cancel button button.
for 4 seconds or more.
Service
settings menu
is displayed.
Press Cancel Press and hold

button once. Cancel button
for 4 seconds
or more.
Select the desired item from
the Service menu, and then Select the desired Unit No.
Maintenance press Menu/Enter button. Item 2 is using the S/T (Up/Down)
menu is buttons. The corresponding
displayed. data will be displayed.
displayed. Press Cancel button.
Maintenance Menu Item 2 Remarks

2-1. Model Name 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. Indoor unit
3. Outdoor unit
2-2. Operation Hours 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. Indoor unit operation hours All of these are displayed in hours.
3. Indoor unit fan operation
hours
4. Indoor unit energized time
5. Outdoor operation hours
6. Outdoor unit fan 1 operation
hours
7. Outdoor unit fan 2 operation
hours
8. Outdoor comp. 1 operation
hours
9. Outdoor comp. 2 operation
hours
2-3. Indoor Unit Status 1/3 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. FAN Tap, speed (rpm)
3. FLAP Swing, fixed
4. Speed Fan speed (rpm)
5. EV Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
6. MP Drain pump ON/OFF
7. 52H Electric heater ON/OFF
8. Hu Humidifier ON/OFF
9. TBF Anti-freezing control ON/OFF
Maintenance Menu Item 2 Remarks

2. FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH ON/OFF
3. T1/T2 T1/T2 input from outside ON/OFF
2. Th1 Suction air thermistor ∗1
3. Th2 Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
4. Th3 Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor
5. Th4 Discharge air thermistor ∗2
6. Th5 Infrared floor sensor ∗3
7. Th6 Control temperature ∗4
2-4. Outdoor Unit Status 1. Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. FAN step Fan tap
3. COMP Compressor power supply frequency (Hz)
4. EV1 Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
5. SV1 Solenoid valve ON/OFF
6. Th1 —
7. Th2 —
8. Th3 —
9. Th4 —
10.Th5 —
11.Th6 —
2-5. Error Display 1. Warning display ON Displays a warning on the screen if an error occurs.
2. Warning display OFF No warning is displayed.
3. Error display ON Displays the error on the screen.
4. Error display OFF Displays neither errors nor warnings.
2-6. Swap Unit No. 1. Current Unit No. A unit No. can be transferred to another.
2. Transfer Unit No.
2-7. Addressed Sensor { Unit No.: 0 - 15 Select the Unit No. you want to check.
Value { Code
00: Remote controller thermistor (°F)
01: Suction air thermistor (°F) ∗5
02: Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (°F)
03: Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (°F)
04: Indoor unit address No.
05: Outdoor unit address No.
06: BS unit address No.
07: Zone control address No.
08: Cooling/Heating batch address No.
09: Demand/low-noise address No.
22: Displays human presence detection rate (%) (see ∗7) in
Area 1 (see ∗6). Display value × 10%. Displays "15" for
units with no sensing type mounted.
26: Infrared sensor (°F) (See ∗8). Displays "–" for units with
no sensing type mounted.
{ Data The corresponding data will be displayed, based on the
Unit No. and Code selected.
∗1: Displays suction air temperature after correction for all models.
∗2: Displays temperature only for applicable models.
∗3: Displays floor temperature used for control (including correction) when the round flow with
sensing is connected.
∗4: Displays control temperature (temperature near the person when the round flow with sensing is
connected).
∗5: Displays temperature near the person only when the round flow with sensing is connected
(SkyAir).
Displays suction air temperature after correction when the round flow with sensing is connected
(VRV ).
∗6: Areas mean four areas shown on the below.
∗7: For human presence detection rate (%), human motion is recognized by digital output ranging
from 0 to 5V. (5V is output when no human presence is detected, and 0V is output when human
presence is detected.)
4
1 3
2
Detection areas of presence sensor
(Corresponding to the punched mark
80 cm above the floor on the inner frame of the panel:
~)
[Reference]
(1)0% detection rate: Human presence is not detected at all.
(2)25% detection rate: Human presence is detected, but the sensor does not recognize human
presence.
(3)50% detection rate: The sensor recognizes human presence (small human motion).
(4)75% detection rate: The sensor recognized human presence (large human motion).
(5)100% detection rate: The sensor constantly outputs 0V. Continuing this condition will display
an error.
∗8: Directly displays a measured value sent from the adaptor PCB.
SiUS341413EA
Part 4
Function and Control
1. Functions...................................................................................................58
1.1 Stop Control ............................................................................................... 59
1.2 Standby Control.......................................................................................... 59
1.3 Startup Control ........................................................................................... 60
1.4 Normal Operation ....................................................................................... 62
1.5 Protection Control....................................................................................... 67
1.6 Special Control ........................................................................................... 71
Function and Control 57

Functions SiUS341413EA
1. Functions
Operation flow chart
1.1 Stop control

(1) Abnormal shutdown
(2) System stops
(3) Slave unit stops during master unit operation
1.6 Special control

1.2 Standby control
(1) Restart standby
(2) Crankcase heater control
(1) Pump down residual operation
(note 2)
Thermo. ON
Thermo. OFF
Thermo. ON
1.3 Startup control (2) Outdoor unit rotation
(include pressure equalization before startup)
(1) Cooling startup control
(2) Heating startup control
Thermo. OFF
Abnormality
End of
startup
control
1.4 Normal operation

(1) List of Functions in Normal Operation
(2) Compressor capacity control
(3) Operation priority and rotation of
compressors
(4) Compressor step control Conditions met for oil return
(5) Electronic expansion valve control (3) Oil return operation (note 1)
(6) Step control of outdoor unit fans
1.5 Protection control

(1) High pressure protection control Conditions met for defrosting
(2) Low pressure protection control (4) Defrost operation (note1)
(3) Discharge pipe protection control
(4) Compressor body protection control
(5) Inverter protection control
Note: 1. In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or
defrosting operation, pump down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return
operation or defrosting operation.
2. Not performed during cooling mode.
58 Function and Control

SiUS341413EA Functions
1.1 Stop Control

1.1.1 Stop due to Error
In order to protect compressors, if any of the abnormal state occurs, the system will make "stop with thermostat
OFF" and the error will be determined according to the number of retry times.
(Refer to "Error Code and Description" (P.152~) of the troubleshooting for the items to determine the error.)
1.1.2 When System is in Stop Mode

The four way valves both for heat exchanger switch and piping switch retain the condition before they were
stopped.
1.1.3 Slave Unit Stops during Master Unit Operation

When slave unit is stopped (because of low demand), conditions for this unit are set same as above “1.1.2. When
System is in Stop Mode” till this unit is required to operate (increase of load).
1.2 Standby Control

1.2.1 Restart Standby
Used to forcedly stop the compressor for a period of 3 minutes, in order to prevent the frequent ON/OFF of the
compressor and equalize the pressure within the refrigerant system.
In addition, the outdoor unit fan carry out the residual operation for a while to suppress the acceleration of the
pressure equalizing and melting of the refrigerant to the evaporator.
1.2.2 Crankcase Heater Control

In order to prevent the refrigerant from melting in the compressor oil in the stopped mode, this mode is used to
control the crankcase heater.
Discharge pipe
temperature < 158˚F
Crankcase heater Crankcase heater
OFF ON
Discharge pipe
temperature > 167˚F

1.3 Startup Control

This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
To avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made and
the position of the four way valve is also determined. Start both the master and the slave units simultaneously to
position the four way valve.
1.3.1 Startup Control in Cooling

Frequency step up
5 sec. interval RXYQ72T
RXYQ96/120T
E RXYQ144/168T
D A 52Hz 60Hz
B 74Hz 75Hz
C
C 90Hz 90Hz
B D 120Hz 120Hz
A E 164Hz 180Hz
INV. compressor 1 0Hz
(M1C)
INV. compressor 2 0Hz

(M2C)
∗ only RXYQ144/168T 3000 pulses (fully open)
Electronic expansion 0 pulse

valve (main)
(Y1E)
Ta < 68˚F: OFF +1step/15 sec. (Pc > 313.2 psi)

Step4 Ta ≥ 68˚F: Step4 -1step/15 sec. (Pc < 256.65 psi)
Inverter fan
M1F: RXYQ72T
M1F + M2F: RXYQ96-168T
Pc - Pe > 24.65 psi Pc - Pe > 113.1 psi

OR
& Pc - Pe > 56.55 psi
164Hz or more

1.3.2 Startup Control in Heating

Frequency step up
5 sec. interval
E
D
C RXYQ72T
RXYQ96/120T
B RXYQ144/168T
+12Hz/20 sec.
A 52Hz 60Hz
A A
INV. compressor 1 B 74Hz 75Hz
(M1C) 0Hz C 90Hz 90Hz
+12Hz/20 sec. D 120Hz 120Hz
E 164Hz 180Hz
INV. compressor 2 A
(M2C) 0Hz
∗ only RXYQ144/168T UT(Ta-Te)control

Initial
opening
Electronic expansion
0 pulse
valve (main)
(Y1E)
Step8
Inverter fan Step4

M1F: RXYQ72T
M1F + M2F: RXYQ96-168T
Pc - Pe > 24.65 psi Pc - Pe > 113.1 psi

OR & Pc - Pe > 56.55 psi
164Hz or more

1.4 Normal Operation

1.4.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation
[Cooling]
Electric
Part Name RXYQ72-120T RXYQ144/168T Function of Functional Part
Symbol
INV. compressor 1 M1C z z PI control by Te target depends on field
INV. compressor 2 M2C – z setting 2-8 and 2-81.
INV. fan 1 M1F z z Fan speed 9 steps to keep minimum Tc
INV. fan 2 M2F (z)∗1 z target 93.2°F.
Electronic expansion valve 0 pulse = closed (thermo. OFF),
Y1E z z
(Main) 3000 pulses = open (thermo. ON).
Electronic expansion valve Y2E z z 0-480 pulses at compressor ON
(Injection)
Four way valve Y1S z z OFF
Solenoid valve Y2S z z Close if DSH < 15K
Solenoid valve (Oil return 1) Y3S z z Only close if HP - LP < 43.5 psi
Solenoid valve (Oil return 2) Y4S – z (when compressor OFF)
[Heating]
Electric
Part Name RXYQ72-120T RXYQ144/168T Function of Functional Part
Symbol
INV. compressor 1 M1C z z PI control by Tc target depends on field
INV. compressor 2 M2C (z)∗1 z setting 2-9 and 2-82.
INV. fan 1 M1F z z Fan step 7 (normal Tc & Te) or Fan step 8
INV. fan 2 M2F – z (high load).
Electronic expansion valve 0 pulse = closed (thermo. OFF),
Y1E z z
(Main) 0-3000 pulses = SH control 5K.
Electronic expansion valve 0-480 pulses at compressor ON: based on
Y2E z z
(Injection) indoor demand.
Four way valve Y1S z z ON
Solenoid valve
Y2S z z Close if DSH < 15K.
Solenoid valve (Oil return 1) Y3S z z Only close if HP - LP < 43.5 psi
Solenoid valve (Oil return 2) Y4S – z (when compressor OFF)
∗1: Only RXYQ96/120T

DSH: Discharge pipe superheated degree

1.4.2 Compressor Capacity Control

Capacity steps
The compressor rotation speed is changed according to the control pressure.
Cooling: suction pressure sensor value is converted into evaporating saturated temperature (relation between
pressure and evaporating temperature based on characteristics of refrigerant R410A). For detailed
explanation refer to chapter field settings (“Description Field Settings (mode 2 = m2) on Outdoor Unit Control
PCB” on P.124 and installation manual outdoor chapter “15.3. Energy saving and optimum operation”).
Initial selection is made between “Automatic”, “Fixed” or “High sensible”.
During operation, the outdoor target evaporating temperature can be changed based on the selected sub
function, taking indoor load into account.
Heating: discharge pressure sensor value is converted into condensing saturation temperature.
Initial selection is made between “Automatic”, “Fixed” or “High sensible”.
During operation, the outdoor target condensing temperature can be changed based on the selected sub
function, taking indoor load into account.
The initial target saturated temperature can be changed. For details refer to “Description Field Settings (mode
2 = m2) on Outdoor Unit Control PCB” on P.124: for Cooling: “Te set” based on field setting 2-8, for heating:
“Tc set” based on field setting 2-9.
During operation, outdoor control will take into account the pressure drop so that at indoor units, the pre-set
target temperature is reached (average). The estimated pressure drop is calculated based on:
Pressure drop characteristics found during test-operation outdoor (step 7). At several evaporating
temperature, outdoor control stores difference between outdoor evaporating temperature and average of
indoor heat exchanger (= indoor evaporating temperature).
To have judgement of gas speed in main suction pipe, control takes the capacity step of the outdoor unit
into account. In function of pressure drop characteristics at the different compressor capacity steps,
control concludes the category of system pipe lay out (long, medium, short).
Target Te outdoor (cooling) = “Te set” – estimated pressure drop – A.
Target Tc outdoor (heating) = “Tc set” + estimated pressure drop + A.
Correction factor “A” depends on difference indoor | Air inlet °F – set point °F | after startup period.

1.4.3 Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors

Each compressor operates in the following order of priority.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each compressor operates in any of Pattern 1 through Pattern 3
according to the rotation of outdoor units.
INV.: Inverter compressor

INV. 1: Inverter compressor 1
INV. 2: Inverter compressor 2
Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3
[Single Outdoor Unit]

RXYQ72-120T RXYQ144-168T
No. 1 No. 1 No. 2
INV. INV.1 INV.2
[2 Outdoor Units]
RXYQ192-240T RXYQ264T RXYQ288-336T
No. 1 No. 2 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 1 No. 3 No. 2 No. 4

No. 2 No. 1 No. 2 No. 1 No. 3 No. 2 No. 4 No. 1 No. 3
INV. INV. INV. INV.1 INV.2 INV.1 INV.2 INV.1 INV.2
[3 Outdoor Units]
RXYQ360T RXYQ384T RXYQ408T
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 1 No. 2 No. 4 No. 3 No. 5
INV. INV.1 INV.1 INV.1 INV.1 INV.1 INV.2 INV. INV.1 INV.2 INV.1 INV.2
Note: 1. In the case of combination of 3 outdoor units, the above diagram shows master unit, slave unit
1, and slave unit 2 from left to right.
2. Compressors may operate in any pattern other than those mentioned above according to the
operating status.
1.4.4 Compressor Step Control

The actual rotation speed per second of the compressor (rps) depends on the type of compressor:
Compressor (RXYQ72-144T) and compressor 1 (RXYQ168T): rps = frequency / 2.
Compressor (RXYQ120·144T) and compressor 2 (RXYQ168T): rps = frequency / 3.
The change of compressor capacity step corresponds to 1 rps / step.
The control can skip an number of steps to reach faster the target saturated temperature.

1.4.5 Electronic Expansion Valve Control

Electronic expansion valve “Y1E”
Cooling: electronic expansion valve is used only at fully closed or fully open condition:
Compressor(s) OFF: fully closed (0 pulse).
Compressor ON:
Fully open (3000 pulses): if level difference outdoor above indoor units within 50 m
(field setting 2-49-0).
Limited open: if level difference outdoor maximum 90 m above indoor units (field setting 2-49-1).
INV.
comp.
0 Hz
Main 3000
Y1E Pulses
0
Heating: electronic expansion valve is used in PID control suction superheat:

Compressor(s) OFF: fully closed (0 pulse).
Compressor ON:
At startup: closed = check suction pressure drops.
Modulated opening by:
Suction superheat = accumulator inlet °F – evaporating temperature.
Discharge superheat = discharge compressor °F – condensing temperature.
Preventive change when compressor capacity step changes.
Limited opening when condensing temperate exceeds target condensing.
INV.
comp.
0 Hz
Main 3000
Y1E Pulses
0

1.4.6 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans

Used to control the revolutions of outdoor unit fans in the steps listed in table below, according to condition
changes.
Fan revolutions (rpm)
STEP No. RXYQ96/120T RXYQ144/168T
RXYQ72T
FAN1 FAN2 FAN1 FAN2
0 0 0 0 0 0
1 350 360 0 380 0
2 370 470 0 470 0
3 400 570 0 570 0
4 460 360 360 380 380
5 560 550 520 550 520
6 710 865 665 865 665
7Y 750 940 910 940 910
Cooling: 821
7X 963 933 1136 1106
Heating: 800
Cooling: 821
8 1097 1067 1360 1180
Heating: 800
Note: 1. Figures listed above are all those controlled while in standard mode, which vary when the
system is set to high static pressure or capacity priority mode.

1.5 Protection Control

1.5.1 High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to abnormal
increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of high pressure.
[In cooling]
The following control is performed in the entire system.
Normal operation
Pc: High pressure sensor detection
Pc > 514.75 psi Pc < 440.8 psi value for each outdoor unit.
Reduce compressor capacity step
Pc > 538.9 psi

When occurring 3 times within 40
minutes, high pressure switch is
High pressure standby activated without high pressure standby,
thus outputting the error code “E3”.
[In heating]
The following control is performed in the entire system.
Normal operation
Pc > 440.8 psi Pc < 419.5 psi
Pc > 538.9 psi

When occurring 3 times within 40 minutes,
High pressure standby high pressure switch is activated without
high pressure standby, thus outputting the
error code “E3”.

1.5.2 Low Pressure Protection Control

This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient decrease of low
pressure.
[In cooling]
Because of common low pressure, the following control is performed in the system.
Normal operation
Pe < 49.77 psi Pe > 56.88 psi Pe: Low pressure sensor detection
value for master unit.
Pe < 9.95 psi

Low pressure standby
minutes, the error code “E4” is output.
[In heating and simultaneous cooling/heating operation]

The following control is performed in the system.
Normal operation
Pe < 24.17 psi Pe > 32.71 psi
Pe < 9.95 psi
Low pressure standby When occurring 3 times within 60 minutes,

the error code “E4” is output.

1.5.3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control

This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature against an error or
transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[Contents]
The following control is performed for each compressor of single unit as well as multi units.
[INV. compressor]
Normal operation
Discharge pipe Discharge pipe

temperature > 230.0˚F temperature < 203˚F
Discharge pipe temperature > 275˚F

Discharge pipe temperature standby minutes, the error code “F3” is output.
(Sub code - 01, 02, 03)
1.5.4 Compressor Body Protection Control

This compressor body protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature against an error
or transient increase of compressor body temperature.
[Contents]
The following control is performed for each compressor of single unit as well as multi units.
[INV. compressor] (only for type JT150JBVDW@ and JT15JBVDWYR@S)
Normal operation
Compressor body
temperature > 248˚F
Compressor body temperature standby minutes, the error code “F3” is output.
(Sub code - 20, 21, 22)

1.5.5 Inverter Protection Control

Inverter current protection control and radiation fin temperature control are performed to prevent tripping due to
an error, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each INV. compressor performs these controls in the following
sequence.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]

Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV. compressor.
Normal operation
A B
Reduce compressor capacity

Inverter current standby minutes, the error code “L8 ” is
output.
RXYQ72T RXYQ96/120T RXYQ144/168T

Model
M1C M1C M1C M2C
A >27.6A >33.8A >27.6A >27.6A
TTJU B <26.5A <32.5A <26.5A <26.5A
C >33.5A >45.0A >33.5A >33.5A
A >11.0A >18.0A >11.5A >11.5A
TYDN B <11.0A <18.0A <11.5A <11.5A
C >13.0A >21.5A >13.0A >13.0A
[Radiation fin temperature control]

Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV. compressor.
Normal operation
A B
Reduce compressor capacity

Fin temperature standby minutes, the error code “L4” is output.

Model
M1C M1C M1C M2C
A ≥181.4°F ≥181.4°F ≥179.6°F ≥179.6°F
TTJU B <176.0°F <176.0°F <174.2°F <174.2°F
C ≥185.0°F ≥185.0°F ≥185.0°F ≥185.0°F
A ≥212.0°F ≥179.6°F ≥208.4°F ≥208.4°F
TYDN B <206.6°F <174.2°F <203.0°F <203.0°F
C ≥221.0°F ≥186.8°F ≥221.0°F ≥221.0°F

1.5.6 Disable Heating Outdoor Ambient

When outdoor ambient becomes high, outdoor unit can not perform heating because:
Low pressure sensor can give pressure value above upper limit of sensor: error “JC”.
Mechanical internal load on compressor increases.
Low compression ratio can result in insufficient compressor internal oil lubrication.
Heating is disabled when outdoor air temperature raises above 80.6°F.
Forced thermostat-OFF indoor units.
Outdoor unit fan operates at “step 1”.
Heating returns available when outdoor air temperature drops below 77°F.
1.6 Special Control

1.6.1 Pump Down Residual Operation
To avoid refrigerant emigration when outdoor unit stops operation (thermostat or safety), all electronic
expansion valves are closed.
The solenoid valves Y3S and Y4S kept energized till pc-pe drops within 43.5 psi.
1.6.2 Outdoor Unit Rotation

In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, this outdoor unit rotation is used to prevent the compressor from burning
out due to unbalanced oil level between outdoor units.
[Details of outdoor unit rotation]

In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each outdoor unit is given an operating priority for the control.
Outdoor unit rotation makes it possible to change the operating priority of outdoor units.
Thus, the system becomes free of compressors that stop over an extended period of time at the time of partial
loading, preventing unbalanced oil level.
[Timing of outdoor unit rotation]
• After oil return operation

• After defrosting operation
• At the beginning of the startup control
OR • When any of outdoor unit stops for a period of 20 minutes or more (in heating).
• There are outdoor units that stop operation (in cooling).
• Low pressure of all outdoor units in operation is less than 36.25 psi (in cooling).

Example) The following diagram shows outdoor unit rotation in combination of 3 outdoor units.
Startup Oil return operation
control or defrosting
Normal operation operation Normal operation
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Master Slave 1 Slave 2
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

rotation Priority Priority Priority rotation Priority Priority Priority
1 2 3 3 1 2
<In Heating> Any of outdoor

unit stops for a
period of 20
Normal operation minutes or more. Normal operation
Outdoor unit
Priority Priority Priority rotation Priority Priority Priority
3 1 2 2 3 1
<In Cooling>
·There are outdoor
units that stop
operation.
OR
·Low pressure of all
outdoor units in
operation < 36.25 psi
Normal operation Normal operation
Outdoor unit
Priority Priority Priority rotation Priority Priority Priority
2 3 1 1 2 3
Note: 1. “Master unit”, “slave unit 1” and “slave unit 2” in this section are the names for installation.
They are determined in installation work, and not changed thereafter. (These names are
different from “master unit” and “slave unit” for control.)
The outdoor unit connected the control wires (F1 and F2) for the indoor unit should be
designated as master unit.
Consequently, The LED display on the main PCB for “master unit”, “slave unit 1” and “slave unit
2” do not change.

1.6.3 Oil Return Operation

In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil
flown out from the compressor to the system side.
[In Cooling]
[Starting conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling.
• Cumulative oil feed rate
• Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating
time reaches 2 hours after power supply is turned ON and then every 8 hours.)
Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Part Name Electric Symbol RXYQ72-120T RXYQ144·168T Function of Functional Part
INV. compressor 1 M1C z z
Capacity step PI control
INV. compressor 2 M2C — z
INV. fan 1 M1F z z
TC control
INV. fan 2 M2F — z
Electronic expansion valve (Main) Y1E z z 3000 pulses
Electronic expansion valve Y2E z z 0 pulse
(Injection)
Four way valve Y1S z z ON
Solenoid valve (Accumulator oil Y2S z z ON
return)
Solenoid valve (Oil return 1) Y3S z z
ON
Solenoid valve (Oil return 2) Y4S — z
· A lapse of 3 minutes.
& · Ts1-Te < 5.4˚F
OR · A lapse of 6
Ending conditions minutes while
the frequency is
more than that
of oil return
operation.
Note: ∗ In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system,

Master unit: Performs the operations listed in the table on previous page.
Slave units: Operating units perform the operations listed in the table on previous page.
Non-operating units perform the operations listed in the table on previous page from
the oil return operation.
(Non-operating unit stops during “oil return preparation operation”.)
Indoor unit actuator Cooling oil return operation

Thermostat ON unit Remote controller setting
Fan Stopping unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit Remote controller setting
Thermostat ON unit Normal control
Stopping unit 224 pulses
Normal control with forced thermostat
Thermostat OFF unit ON

[In Heating]
Part Name Electric Symbol RXYQ72-120T RXYQ144·168T Function of Functional Part
INV. compressor 1 M1C z z RXYQ72T: 266Hz
RXYQ96T·120T: 188Hz
INV. compressor 2 M2C — z RXYQ144T·168T: 252Hz + 252Hz
INV. fan 1 M1F z z With high pressure
INV. fan 2 M2F — z OFF ←→ Step 4 ←→ Step 6
Electronic expansion valve RXYQ72T: 480 pulses
Y1E z z
(Main) RXYQ96-168T: 3000 pulses
Y2E z z 0 pulse
(Injection)
Solenoid valve Y2S z z ON
Solenoid valve (Oil return 1) Y3S z z
ON
Solenoid valve (Oil return 2) Y4S — z
• A lapse of 6 min.
Ending conditions OR • Ts1 - Te < 16.2°F
Note: ∗ In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system,

Master unit: Performs the operations listed in the table above.
Slave units: Operating units perform the operations listed in the table above.
Non-operating units perform the operations listed in the table above from the oil
return operation.
(Non-operating unit stops during “oil return preparation operation”.)
Indoor unit actuator Heating oil return operation

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit Oil return EV opening degree
Electronic expansion valve Stopping unit Oil return EV opening degree
Thermostat OFF unit Oil return EV opening degree

1.6.4 Defrosting Operation

To defrost the outdoor unit heat exchanger while in evaporator, the defrost operation is conducted to recover the
heating capacity.
[Starting conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the defrosting operation.
• Heat transfer coefficient of the outdoor unit heat exchanger
• Heat exchange temperature (Tb)
• Timer (Set to 2 hours at minimum.)
Furthermore, the heat transfer coefficient of the outdoor unit Evaporator is computed from Tc, Te, and
compressor loads.
Electric
Part Name RXYQ72-120T RXYQ144·168T Operation
Symbol
INV. compressor 1 M1C z z RXYQ72T: 266Hz
RXYQ96T ·120T: 188Hz
INV. compressor 2 M2C — z RXYQ144T·168T: 252Hz + 252Hz
INV. fan 1 M1F z z With high pressure
INV. fan 2 M2F — z OFF ←→ Step 4 ←→ Step 6
Electronic expansion RXYQ72T: 480 pulses
Y1E z z
valve (Main) RXYQ96-168T: 3000 pulses
Electronic expansion Y2E z z 0 pulse
valve (Injection)
Solenoid valve Y2S z z ON
Solenoid valve Y3S z z
(Oil return 1)
ON
Solenoid valve Y4S — z
(Oil return 2)
OR • A lapse of 15 min.
Ending conditions • Tb > 51.8°F continues for 30 sec. or more
Indoor unit actuator During defrost

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit Defrost EV opening degree
Electronic expansion valve Stopping unit Defrost EV opening degree
Thermostat OFF unit Defrost EV opening degree
1.6.5 Drain Pan Heater (Option)

When the drain pan heater is connected, it operates below.
[Operating conditions]
• Outdoor air temperature < 37.4 °F

&
• During defrost operation

SiUS341413EA
Part 5
Field Settings
1. Test Operation ..........................................................................................77
1.1 Test Operation Checks............................................................................... 77
2. Field Setting from Remote Controller........................................................78
2.1 Wired Remote Controller............................................................................ 78
2.2 Wireless Remote Controller ....................................................................... 81
2.3 Simplified Remote Controller...................................................................... 82
2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units ........................................ 83
3. List of Field Setting Items..........................................................................95
3.1 Function Setting ......................................................................................... 95
3.2 Service Setting ........................................................................................... 97
3.3 Settings by DIP Switches ........................................................................... 98
3.4 DIP Switch Setting Mounting a Spare PCB................................................ 99
4. Settings by BS Buttons ...........................................................................101
4.1 Normal Mode............................................................................................ 102
4.2 Setting Mode (= Mode 2).......................................................................... 104
4.3 Monitor Mode ........................................................................................... 109
5. Procedure and Outline ............................................................................134
5.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply ON ........................................... 134
5.2 Turn Power ON ........................................................................................ 135
5.3 Charging Refrigerant ................................................................................ 136
76 Field Settings
SiUS341413EA Test Operation
1. Test Operation
1.1 Test Operation Checks
1.1.1 Checks before Test Operation
Before carrying out a test operation, proceed as follows:
Step Action
1 Make sure the voltage at the primary side of the safety breaker is:
(230V or 460V) ± 10% for 3-phase units
2 Fully open the liquid and the gas stop valve.
1.1.2 Test Operation Checks

To carry out a test operation, check the following:
Check that the temperature setting of the remote controller is at the lowest level in cooling mode or use test
mode.
Go through the following checklist:
Checkpoints Cautions or warnings
Are all units securely installed? z Dangerous for turning over during storm
z Possible damage to pipe connections
Is the earth wire installed according to the applicable local Dangerous if electric leakage occurs
standard?
Are all air inlets and outlets of the indoor and outdoor units z Poor cooling
unobstructed? z Poor heating
Does the drain flow out smoothly? Water leakage
Is piping adequately heat-insulated? Water leakage
Have the connections been checked for gas leakage? z Poor cooling
z Poor heating
z Stop
Is the supply voltage conform to the specifications on the Incorrect operation
name plate?
Are the cable sizes as specified and according to local Damage of cables
regulations?
Are the remote controller signals received by the unit? No operation
Field Settings 77
Field Setting from Remote Controller SiUS341413EA
2. Field Setting from Remote Controller

Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of installation or after
service inspection / repair, make the field setting in accordance with the following description.
Wrong setting may cause error.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be required to change.
Refer to information in the option handbook.)
2.1 Wired Remote Controller

2.1.1 BRC1C62
UNIT NO. MODE NO.

SECOND FIELD
CODE NO. SETTING
FIRST MODE
CODE NO. 3 4
1 7
6 5 2
1. When in the normal mode, press the “ TEST

” button for 4 seconds or more, and the FIELD SETTING MODE is
entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “ ” button ().
3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22 and 23 have been selected), press
the “ ” button () and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set. (This operation is unnecessary when
setting by group.)
4. Press the “ ” upper button () and select FIRST CODE NO.
5. Press the “ ” lower button () and select the SECOND CODE NO.
6. Press the “ ” button () once and the present settings are SET.
7. Press the “ TEST” button () to return to the NORMAL MODE.
(Example)
If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION, HEAVY, SET MODE
NO. to “10” FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
78 Field Settings
SiUS341413EA Field Setting from Remote Controller
2.1.2 BRC1E72
The menu item "Field Settings" is especially convenient when specifying multiple settings for a given mode, or
when checking the current settings.
<Individual setting per indoor unit>
Basic screen Select "Yes" and press Menu/OK button. Confirmation

screen is
is displayed. displayed.
Press Press and hold Select each
Cancel Cancel button relevant "Second
button for 4 seconds Code No." and
once. or more. press Menu/OK
Select "Field Settings" button.
and then press
Service Menu/OK button.
Mode No. Second Code
settings menu Press Cancel button set (∗1) Select the indoor unit No. using the S/T No. set
is displayed. once. (Up/Down) buttons, and then press "WX" button.
∗1: Selecting any Mode number from 20 to 29

allows you to set field settings per indoor unit.
Field Settings 79
<Group batch setting>

screen is
Select "Field Settings"
button.
and then press
settings menu Press Cancel button set (∗2) Select the mode No. using the S/T (Up/Down) No. set (∗3)
is displayed. once. buttons, and then press "WX" button.
∗2: When any Mode number from 10 to 19 is selected, all the Setting Position numbers that
can be set will be displayed with an asterisk (∗). Replace each ∗ mark with the desired
number.
∗3: When "-" is displayed for a particular Second Code No., that number is not available for
setting.
80 Field Settings
<Remote controller batch setting>

screen is
Select "Field Settings"
button.
and then press
settings menu Press Cancel button set Select the mode No. using the S/T (Up/Down) No. set
is displayed. once. buttons, and then press "WX" button.
2.2 Wireless Remote Controller
UP button
Mode No.
Field setting mode DOWN button
RESERVE button
First code No.
MODE button
Second code No.
INSPECTION/TEST button
Field Settings 81
Setting
To set the field settings, you have to change:
Mode No.
First code No.
Second code No.
To change the field settings, proceed as follows:

Step Action
1 Hold down the INSPECTION/TEST button for at least 4 seconds during normal mode to enter the
“Field setting mode”.
2 Press the MODE button to select the desired “Mode No.”.
3 Press the UP button to select the “First code No.”.
4 Press the DOWN button to select the “Second code No.”.
5 Press the RESERVE button to set the present settings.
6 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to the “Normal mode”.
2.3 Simplified Remote Controller
MODE NO.
FIRST
CODE NO.
UNIT NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.

1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.
2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field setting), and the FIELD SETTING MODE is
entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting V) and the [BS3] BUTTON
() (temperature setting W).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been selected), press
the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be set. (This operation is unnecessary
when setting by group.)
5. Press the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Press the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Press the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field setting) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION - HEAVY,
SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
82 Field Settings
2.4 Setting Contents and Code No. for Indoor Units

: Factory setting
Mode First Description of the Setting Second Code No. Details
No. code No.
(∗2) No. 01 02 03 04
10(20) 0 Filter Sign Setting Ultra Light Approx. Heavy Approx. — — (1)
(Setting for display time to clean air long life 10,000 5,000
filter) filter hrs. hrs.
(Sets display time to clean air filter
to half when there is heavy filter Long life Approx. Approx.
contamination.) filter 2,500 1,250
hrs. hrs.
Standard Approx. Approx.
filter 200 hrs. 100 hrs.
1 Filter Type Long life filter Ultra long life filter — — (2)
2 Selecting of Thermistor Remote Only body Only remote — (3)
controller + Body thermostat controller
thermostat thermostat
3 "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed Display No display — — (4)
(Set when filter sign is not to be displayed.)
6 Selecting of Thermistor Remote Remote — — (5)
controller controller
thermostat thermostat
control is not control is
permitted permitted
7 Time for Absence Area Detection (∗5) 30 minutes 60 minutes — — (6)
3 Setting the Airflow Rate When Heating Standard Slightly Increased
— (7)
increased
6 Setting the Rate of Human Detection (∗5) High sensitivity Low sensitivity Standard Infrared (8)
sensitivity presence
sensor
disabled
11(21)
7 Airflow Adjustment (AUTO) OFF Completion of Start of — (9)
airflow airflow
adjustment adjustment
8 Selecting of Thermistor Suction air Priorities given Standard Priorities (10)
(Compensating the Temperature around temperature only on the suction air given on the
Human) (∗5) temperature floor
temperature
9 Compensating the Floor Temperature (∗5) -7.2°F -3.6°F ±0°F +3.6°F (11)
12(22) 0 Optional Output Switching Indoor unit — Operation (12)
(field selection of output for adaptor for wiring) turned ON by output Error output
thermostat
1 External ON/OFF Input Forced OFF ON/OFF control External — (13)
(Set when ON/OFF is to be controlled from protection
outside.) device input
2 Thermostat Switching 1.8°F 0.9°F — — (14)
(Set when remote sensor is to be used.)
3 Airflow Setting when Heating Thermostat is LL Set fan speed — — (15)
OFF
5 Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset Not equipped Equipped — — (16)
6 Airflow when Cooling Thermostat is OFF LL Set fan speed — — (17)
13(23) 0 Setting of Normal Airflow N H S — (18)
1 Airflow Direction Setting
W (2
(Set when a sealing material kit has been F (4 directions) T (3 directions)
directions)
— (19)
installed.)
2 Swing Pattern Settings All direction — Facing swing — (20)
synchronized
swing
4 Setting of Airflow Direction Adjustment Range Draft prevention Standard Ceiling — (21)
soiling
prevention
5 Setting of the Static Pressure Selection Standard High static — — (22)
pressure
01:30 02:50 03:60 04:70 05:80 06:90 07:100 08:110 (23)
6 External Static Pressure Settings
09:120 10:130 11:140 12:150 13:160 14:180 15:200
Field Settings 83
Mode First Description of the Setting Second Code No. Details

No. code No.
(∗2) No. 01 02 03 04
15(25) 1 Humidification when Heating Thermostat is Not equipped Equipped — — (24)

OFF
2 Setting of Direct Duct Connection Not equipped Equipped — — (25)
(when the indoor unit and Heat Reclaim
Ventilator are connected by duct directly.) (∗4)
3 Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Not equipped Equipped — — (26)
Drain Pump
5 Individual Setting of Ventilation Not equipped Equipped — — (27)
1b (2b) 3 Display of Contact Center Displayed No displayed — — (28)
4 Display of Error Codes on the Remote
— Two-digit display
— Four-digit (29)
Controller display
12 Key-lock Pattern Settings No operation No operation No menu No menu (30)
allowed (Cancel allowed (Cancel operation is operation is
procedure is procedure is not allowed allowed any
displayed.) displayed.) (Cancel time.
procedure is
displayed.)
14 Setting "Restricted / Permitted" of Airflow Block 01 02 03 04 05 06 (31)
Airflow Airflow
block — — — block —
permitted restricted
1c (2c) 0 Room Temperature Display Room Room — — (32)
temperature is temperature is
not displayed displayed
Note: 1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however cannot
be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions the
indoor unit is not equipped with.
3. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
∗4. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
∗5. Available for setting when option with the built-in human detection and floor temperature
detection functions is mounted.
84 Field Settings
2.4.1 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes

(1) Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Second Code Standard Filter Long Life Filter Ultra Filter
Long Life
Mode No. First Code No. Setting
No.
Contamination
01 200 hrs. 2,500 hrs. 10,000 hrs. Light
10 (20) 0
Contamination
02 100 hrs. 1,250 hrs. 5,000 hrs. Heavy
(2) Filter Type

When a Ultra long life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting
01 Long Life Filter
10 (20) 1
02 Ultra Long Life Filter
(3) (5) (10) Selecting of Thermistor

Select a thermistor to control the room temperature.
When the unit is not equipped with an infrared floor sensor:
Mode First code Second Thermistor that controls room temperature
number No. code No.
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller and suction air thermistor for
01 indoor unit
10 (20) 2
02 Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
03 Room temperature thermistor in remote controller
The factory setting for the Second code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor for indoor unit and room temperature thermistor in remote controller. When the Second code No. is set
to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air thermistor. When the Second code No. is set to "03",
room temperature is controlled by the room temperature thermistor in remote controller.
95
93 In cooling
90
Set temperature (˚F)
Suction air Remote controller Suction air

86 thermistor thermistor thermistor
79
75
72
68
63 64 68 72 75 79 82 86 90 93
Suction air temperature (˚F)
90
86
82
79 In heating
thermistor thermistor thermistor
75
68
64
61
57
57 61 64 68 72 75 79 82 86 90 93
Suction air temperature (˚F)
Field Settings 85
When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor:
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No.
10 (20) 2 01 02 02 02 02 03
11 (21) 8 01 01 02 03 04 01
The thermistor to be used
Remote controller thermistor { — — — — {
Suction air thermistor { { { { { —
Infrared floor sensor — — { { { —
The infrared floor Priorities given Priorities given on the

sensor is not used on the suction air floor temperature (∗)
temperature (∗)
Only the suction air Only the remote
Standard setting controller thermistor
thermistor is used
(Factory setting) is used
∗ Refer to "(10) Compensating the temperature around human."
Note that the control is automatically switched to the one performed only by the suction air thermistor for indoor
unit when the Second code No. is "01" during the group control.
To use the remote controller thermistor during the group control, select the Second code No. "02" in First code
No. "6."
Mode No. First Code No. second Code No. Note
The remote controller thermostat control is not permitted during
01 the group control
10 (20) 6
The remote controller thermostat control is permitted during the
02 group control
(4) "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed
Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. "Filter Cleaning" Display
01 Display
10 (20) 3
02 Not Display
∗ "Filter Cleaning" is not displayed when an Auto-clean Panel is connected.
86 Field Settings
(6) Time for Absence Area Detection

(For units with an Infrared Presence Sensor only)
By selecting the energy-saving operation mode in the absence, the target temperature is shifted to the energy-
saving end by 1.8°F (maximum 3.6°F) after the state of absence continues for a certain period of time.
Absent time defined for detection can be selected as follows:
Mode No. First Code No. Second

No.
Code Description (Time for absence detection)
01 30 minutes
10 (20) 7
02 60 minutes
Human detection
State of absence
88
86
84
82
81 Cooling (at 82.4˚F)
79
70
Heating (at 68˚F)
68
66
64
63
30 (60)∗ 60 (120)∗
Elapsed time of absence (min.)
∗ The values in parentheses represent the time
when Second code No. is "02."
• The set temperature displayed on the remote controller remains same even if the target temperature is shifted.
• As soon as people is detected while the temperature is shifted, this control will be cancelled (reset).
(7) Setting the Airflow Rate When Heating
The fan revolution is changed to maintain the sufficient distance for warm air to reach during the heating
operation. The setting should be changed depending on the installation condition of the unit.
Second Code No.
Mode No. First Code No.
01 02 03
11 (21) 3 Standard Slightly increased Increased
Note that this setting is effective only during the heating operation.
(8) Setting the Rate of Human Detection
(For units with the infrared presence sensor only)
Set the sensitivity of the infrared presence sensor.
• The infrared presence sensor can be disabled by selecting the Second code No. "04."
(Note) When the infrared presence sensor is disabled, the remote controller menu does not display some
functions such as the automatic draft reduction, energy-saving operation in absence and halt in absence.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Contents
01 High sensitivity
02 Low sensitivity
11(21) 6
03 Standard sensitivity
04 Infrared presence sensor disabled
Field Settings 87
(9) Airflow Adjustment (AUTO)

External Static Pressure Settings
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as explained below.
(a) Use the airflow auto adjustment function to make settings.
Airflow auto adjustment: The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity.
(b) Select External Static Pressure with Remote Controller Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the “SECOND CODE
No.” in “MODE No. 21” for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit basis in Table 4. The “SECOND CODE No.” is
set to 01 (OFF) at factory setting. Change the “SECOND CODE No.” as shown in table according to the
external static pressure of the duct to be connected.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Airflow Adjustment
01 OFF
11 (21) 7 02 Completion of airflow adjustment
03 Start of airflow adjustment
(10) Compensating the Temperature around Human
(When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor)
Change the ratio between the suction air temperature and floor temperature used to calculate the temperature
around human.
The temperature around human is calculated using the values of the suction air thermistor and the infrared floor
sensor. The factory setting is "Normal" (the average value of the suction air temperature and the floor
temperature is applied). However, the rate at which the suction air thermistor and the infrared floor sensor affect
the temperature around human can be changed with this setting.
• To reflect the effect of the temperature around the ceiling, select the "Priorities given on the suction air
temperature" (the Second code No. "02").
• To reflect the effect of the temperature around the floor, select the "Priorities given on the floor temperature"
(the Second code No. "04").
• The infrared floor sensor can be disabled by selecting "Suction air temperature only" (the Second code No.
"01").
01 Suction air temperature only
02 Priorities given on the suction air temperature
11 (21) 8
03 Standard
04 Priorities given on the floor temperature
(11) Compensating the Floor Temperature
(When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor)
Offset the detected value of the infrared floor sensor with a certain temperature. This setting should be used to
have the actual floor temperature detected when, for example, the unit is installed close to a wall.
01 -7.2°F
02 -3.6°F
11 (21) 9
03 0°F
04 3.6°F
[Actual procedure to use the setting]
Although the standard setting is normally used with no problem, the setting should be changed in the following
cases:
Environment Operation Mode Problem Setting Value
· The unit is installed close to a wall or a window. Heated too much 3.6°F
· High thermal capacity of the floor whose material is
concrete, etc. Heating
· There are many heat sources like a PC. Heated little -3.6°F or -7.2°F
· There is a non-negligible heat source such as floor
heating.
88 Field Settings
(12) Optional Output Switching

Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided. Output signal is output
between terminals X1 and X2 of "adaptor for wiring", an optional accessory.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Remarks
01 Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is provided.
12 (22) 0 03 Output linked with "ON/OFF" of remote controller is provided.
In case of "Error Display" appears on the remote
04
controller, output is provided.
(13) External ON/OFF Input
This input is used for "ON/OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The input is performed
from the T1-T2 terminal of the operation terminal block in the el. compo. box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced OFF
Input A
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Operation by Input of the Signal A
01 ON: Forced OFF (prohibition of using the remote controller)

OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
OFF → ON: Operation
02 ON → OFF: Stop
12 (22) 1
ON: Operation
03 OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit indicates
"A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
(14) Thermostat Switching
Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed.
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Differential Value
01 1.8ºF
12 (22) 2
02 0.9ºF
(15) Airflow Setting when Heating Thermostat is OFF
This setting is used to set airflow when heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ When thermostat OFF airflow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required before deciding
installation location.
01 LL airflow
12 (22) 3
02 Set fan speed
(16) Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset
01 Not equipped
12 (22) 5
02 Equipped
For the air conditioners with no setting for the function, the units will be left in the stop condition when the power
supply is reset automatically after power failure reset or the main power supply is turned ON again after once
turned OFF. However, for the air conditioners with the setting (same as factory setting), the units may start
automatically after power failure reset or the main power supply turned ON again (return to the same operation
condition as that of before power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power failure reset”,
utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or the
main power supply turned ON again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning OFF the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning ON the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
Field Settings 89
(17) Airflow when Cooling Thermostat is OFF

This is used to set airflow to "LL airflow" when cooling thermostat is OFF.
01 LL airflow
12 (22) 6
02 Set fan speed
(18) Setting of Normal Airflow
Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The second code No. is set to “01” at the factory.
FXAQ
01 Standard
13(23) 0 02 Slight increase
03 Normal increase
FXFQ07-36
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting Ceiling Height
01 Standard ≤ 8.9 ft
13 (23) 0 02 High Ceiling (1) 8.9 - 9.8 ft
03 Higher Ceiling (2) 9.8 - 11.5 ft
FXFQ48
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting Ceiling Height
01 Standard ≤ 10.5 ft
13 (23) 0 02 High Ceiling (1) 10.5 - 11.8 ft
03 Higher Ceiling (2) 11.8 - 13.8 ft
(19) Airflow Direction Setting
Set the airflow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when sealing material kit of air discharge
outlet has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01”.
01 F: 4-direction airflow
13 (23) 1 02 T: 3-direction airflow
03 W: 2-direction airflow
(20) Swing Pattern Settings (In case of a infrared floor sensor is installed)
Set the flap operation in swing mode.
With the factory swing, flaps facing each other are synchronized to operate, and flaps placed side by side are set
to swing in an opposite direction to agitate airflow to reduce temperature irregularity.
Conventional swing operation (all direction synchronized swing) can be set onsite.
01 All direction synchronized swing
13 (23) 2
03 Facing swing
(21) Setting of Airflow Direction Adjustment Range
Make the following airflow direction setting according to the respective purpose.

01 Upward (Draft prevention)
13 (23) 4 02 Standard
03 Downward (Ceiling soiling prevention)
∗Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function.
90 Field Settings
(22) Setting of the Static Pressure Selection

FXDQ-M
Model No. First Code No. Second Code No. External Static Pressure
01 Standard (0.001 psi)
13 (23) 5
02 High static pressure (0.004 psi)
(23) External Static Pressure Settings (for FXMQ model)
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. External Static Pressure
01 0.004 psi (∗1)
02 0.007 psi
03 0.009 psi
04 0.010 psi
05 0.012 psi
06 0.013 psi
07 0.015 psi
13 (23) 6 08 0.016 psi
09 0.017 psi
10 0.019 psi
11 0.020 psi
12 0.022 psi
13 0.023 psi
14 0.026 psi (∗2)
15 0.029 psi (∗2)
The “Second Code No.” is set to 07 (an external static pressure of 0.015 psi) at factory setting.
∗1 The FXMQ18 · 24 · 30 · 36 · 48 · 54 cannot be set to 0.004 psi.
∗2 The FXMQ07 · 09 · 12 · 15 cannot be set to 180 or 0.029 psi.
(24) Humidification when Heating Thermostat is OFF
Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction air temperature is 68ºF or more and turns
OFF the humidifier if suction air temperature is 64.4ºF or below when the heating thermostat is OFF.
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 1
02 Equipped
(25) Setting of Direct Duct Connection
This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor unit fan carries out residual
operation for 1 minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of preventing dust on the air filter from
falling off.)
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 2
02 Equipped
(26) Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump
This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the unit, this setting is
unnecessary.
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 3
02 Equipped
Field Settings 91
(27) Individual Setting of Ventilation

This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote controller/central unit when
heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 5
02 Equipped
(28) Display of Contact Center

(For BRC1E72 only)
You can turn OFF the display of "DAIKIN Contact Center" as "Contact for Service Display."
01 Displayed
1b (2b) 3
02 No displayed
(29) Display of Error Codes on the Remote Controller
(For BRC1E72 only)
Error code (four digits) is displayed for limited products.
Select two-digit display if four-digit display is not preferred.
02 Two-digit display
1b (2b) 4
04 Four-digit display
(30) Key-lock Pattern Settings
(For BRC1E72 only)
Setting of key-lock pattern for the remote controller
No operation allowed
01 (Cancel procedure is displayed.)
No operation allowed
1b 12 02 (Cancel procedure is not displayed.)
03 No menu operation is allowed.
04 No menu operation is allowed any time.
∗ When the Second code No. is set to "04," no menu operation is allowed without key-lock by pressing and
holding the menu button. Set the Second code No. to other than "4" to cancel it.
(31) Setting "Restricted / Permitted" of Airflow Block
(For Sensing flow type only)
Due to possibility of dew condensation, the airflow block function cannot be enabled when closure material kit,
fresh air intake kit, natural / separately installed evaporation humidifier, or branch air duct.
This setting will prevent the airflow bock is advertently set to ON.
Ensure that this setting is "Disable airflow block" when using together with options listed above.
01 Airflow block permitted
1b 14
05 Airflow block restricted
(32) Room Temperature Display
(For BRC1E72 only)
A "Detailed display screen" can be selected as the display screen. This setting is used if you do not want to
display "Room temperature display" on the "Detailed display screen."
01 Room temperature is not displayed.
1c (2c) 0
02 Room temperature is displayed.
92 Field Settings
2.4.2 Outdoor-Air Processing Unit - Field Setting (Remote Controller)

: Factory setting
Mode First Setting Second Code No.
Code
No. No. Contents 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 Filter 2500hr 1250hr — — — — — — — — — — — — —

contamination
10 Display time
(20) to clean air No
3 Display — — — — — — — — — — — — —
filter display
calculation
External ON/ Forced ON/OFF
1 — — — — — — — — — — — — —
OFF input OFF control
12 Power
(22) failure Not
5 equipped Equipped — — — — — — — — — — — — —
automatic
reset
Discharge
14 pipe
3 55.4 572 59 60.8 62.6 64.4 66.2 68 69.8 71.6 73.4 75.2 77 77 77
(24) temperature
(cooling) (°F)
2.4.3 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller

(Field Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting the functions of the
operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote controller ON/OFF can be limited in
accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to information in the next page.)
Central remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor is connected)
2.4.4 Contents of Control Modes

20 modes consisting of combinations of the following 5 operation modes with temperature and operation mode
setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by operation modes 0 through 19.
ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by central remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned ON/OFF by remote controller.)
OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON by central remote controller only, and OFF by remote controller only.
Centralized
Used when you want to turn ON by central remote controller only, and turn ON/OFF freely by remote
controller during set time.
Individual
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by both central remote controller and remote controller.
Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by remote controller during set time and you do not want to start
operation by central remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
Field Settings 93
How to Select Operation Mode

Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning ON/OFF, controlling temperature or
setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on the right edge of the table below.
Example
ON by remote OFF by remote
Temperature Operation mode
controller controller OFF by Control
control by setting by
(Unified ON by (Unified OFF by remote mode is "1".
remote controller remote controller
central remote central remote controller
controller) controller)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
Rejection Rejection Rejection Acceptance Acceptance
: Factory setting
Control by remote controller
Operation
Unified operation,
Control mode Unified OFF, Control mode
individual operation Temperature Operation
individual stop by OFF
by central remote control mode setting
central remote
controller, or controller, or timer
operation controlled stop
by timer
Acceptance 0
Rejection
ON/OFF control Rejection 10
Rejection
impossible by (Example) Acceptance
remote controller Acceptance 1 (Example)
(Example)
(Example)
Rejection (Example) Rejection 11
Acceptance 2
Rejection
OFF control only Rejection (Example) Rejection 12
possible by remote
controller Acceptance 3
Acceptance
Rejection 13
Acceptance 4
Rejection
Rejection 14
Centralized
Acceptance 5
Acceptance
Rejection 15
Acceptance Acceptance
Acceptance 6
Rejection
Rejection 16
Individual Acceptance
Acceptance 7
Acceptance
Rejection 17
Acceptance 8
Rejection
Timer operation Acceptance Rejection Rejection 18
possible by remote (During timer at ON (During timer at OFF
controller position only) position only) Acceptance 9
Acceptance
Rejection 19
Do not select “timer operation possible by remote controller” if not using a remote controller. Operation by timer is
impossible in this case.
Central remote controller

When ON/OFF, temperature setting
and operation mode setting by local
remote controller is forbidden,
"UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL"
is displayed on the remote controller.
94 Field Settings
SiUS341413EA List of Field Setting Items
3. List of Field Setting Items

This section shows a list of field setting items possible to set at time of initial startup. For details of DIP switch
setting, setting mode ("mode 2") and monitoring mode ("mode 1"), refer to information on one after the following
page onwards.
3.1 Function Setting
Following settings may be required to set to comply to specific application requirements.
No Setting item Contents and objective of setting Overview of setting procedure
1 Setting of COOL/ To select cooling or heating mode by one 2.1: Optional COOL/HEAT switch “KRC19-
HEAT selection of the following methods: 26B”.
1. From 1 indoor unit remote controller 2.2: Set DIP switch DS1-1 on the outdoor
(default). board to “OUT” (upper).
2. From the optional COOL/HEAT switch. 2.3: Install option “BRP2A81∗1” in outdoor
Optional board “BRP2A81∗1” required unit.
in outdoor unit. 3.1: Set the system to “MASTER” or “SLAVE”
3. Multiple outdoor systems from 1 indoor using mode 2-0.
unit remote controller. 3.2: Set COOL/HEAT zone address mode 2-
4. Multiple outdoor systems from the 1.
optional COOL/HEAT switch. Optional 4: Combine 2 and 3.
board “BRP2A81” required in 1 outdoor
unit per zone.
2 Setting of low A. To reduce operation noise level through Use the optional board “DTA104A61∗2”.
noise operation reduction of the upper limit of the fan using Set “mode 2” No. 12-1.
external input (use outdoor unit fan step 8 Choose level by “mode 2” No. 25.
for normal operation). If required, set the “Capacity priority
1. Level 1: upper than fan step 6. setting” to “ON”, by “mode 2” No. 29-1.
2. Level 2: upper fan step 5 + upper limit
compressor capacity step mid level.
3. Level 3: upper fan step 5 + upper limit
compressor capacity step low level.
B. To perform automatic low night noise Select required level by mode 2-22.
operation. Select start time with mode 2-26.
Start time: selectable from 20:00 to 24:00 Select end time with mode 2-27.
hours (step by 2 hours). Select capacity priority setting if required
End time: selectable from 06:00 to 08:00 by mode 2-29-1.
hours (step by 1 hour).
(Note that the set time is estimated
according to outdoor air temperature.)
For detailed description about each setting, refer to “Description Field Settings (mode 2 = m2) on Outdoor Unit
Control PCB” on P.124.
Note: ∗1. ABC I/P PCB kit for VRV IV.

∗2. External control adaptor for outdoor unit.
Field Settings 95
List of Field Setting Items SiUS341413EA
No Setting item Contents and objective of setting Overview of setting procedure

3 Setting of demand To limit power consumption: upper limit set Use the optional board “DTA104A61”.
operation on the compressor operating frequency. Wire external signal(s) to the optional
Demand 1: % current limit 1. adaptor “DTA104A61”.
Demand 2: % current limit 2. Activate input optional board
Demand 3: forced thermostat OFF (only “DTA104A61” “mode 2” No. 12-1.
indoor fan operation is possible). Select level of demand 1, by mode 2-30.
Select level of demand 2, by mode 2-31.
If fixed demand control is required (without
adaptor “DTA104A61”), set level by mode
2-32.
4 Setting of AIRNET Make “AIRNET” address when it is Set AIRNET address with mode 2-13.
address connected to AIRNET monitoring, or to
view detail in the map on Service Checker
type III.
5 High level Required setting when level difference Set “mode 2” No. 35 to “1” if outdoor is > 40
difference outdoor between outdoor and indoor units of same m below indoor unit.
to indoor refrigerant exceeds standard level. Set “mode 2” No. 49 to “1” if outdoor is > 50
m above indoor unit.
6 Setting of high Set “high static pressure” in order to Set “mode 2” No. 18 to “ON”.
static pressure operate the system with duct to the
outdoor unit (used at concealed
installation on floors or balconies).
7 Evaporating Setting to choose the reaction time of Set “mode 2” No. 8 to choose cooling
temperature outdoor control on change of outdoor and capacity control logic between fixed,
setting (cooling cooling indoor load. automatic or high sensible.
performance) Set “mode 2” No. 83 to choose Te
adjustment at start up between Powerful,
Quick, Mild or Eco.
8 Condensing Setting to choose the reaction time of Set “mode 2” No. 9 to choose heating
temperature outdoor control on change of outdoor and capacity control logic between fixed,
setting (heating heating indoor load. automatic or high sensible.
performance) Set “mode 2” No. 82 to choose Tc
adjustment at start up between Powerful,
Quick, Mild or Eco.
96 Field Settings
3.2 Service Setting

Mode 2 Field setting Description Factory setting
0:
[2-0] Cool / Heat selector setting Cool / Heat selection setting Individual
[2-1] Cool / Heat unified address Cool / Heat selector unified address 0
[2-2] Low noise / demand address Low noise demand / address 0
Te target temperature during cooling 0:
[2-8] Te target setting operation Automatic
Tc target temperature during heating 0:
[2-9] Te target setting operation Automatic
Low noise / demand activation setting (under 0 : OFF
[ 2 - 12 ] Low noise / demand setting external control adaptor functionality)
[ 2 - 13 ] AIRNET address AIRNET address 0
Input additional refrigerant amount charged
[ 2 - 14 ] Charged refrigerant amount (required for automatic leak detection 0 : OFF
operation)
[ 2 - 18 ] High ESP setting FAN Fan high static pressure setting 0 : OFF
Automatic low noise setting and level during
[ 2 - 22 ] Low noise setting at night time 0 : OFF
night time
Low noise operation level via the external
[ 2 - 25 ] Low noise setting (level) 2 : Level 2
control
[ 2 - 26 ] Start time low noise Start time low night noise operation 2 : 22 : 00
[ 2 - 27 ] End time low noise Stop time low night noise operation 3 : 08 : 00
Capacity priority setting (over low Capacity priority setting over low noise
[ 2 - 29 ] 0 : OFF
noise) (activation)
Power consumption limitation level (step 1)
[ 2 - 30 ] Level demand 1 3 : 70 %
via the external control adaptor
Power consumption limitation level (step 2)
[ 2 - 31 ] Level demand 2 1 : 40 %
via the external control adaptor
Force demand set (no external PCB Continuous demand operation activation
[ 2 - 32 ] 0 : OFF
required)
[ 2 - 81 ] Cooling comfort setting Cooling comfort setting 1 : Mild
Master user interface allocation in case VRV
[ 2 - 83 ] Master user interface setting DX indoor units and RA DX indoor units are 1 : RA DX master
used at the same time
Interval timer for automatic leak
[ 2 - 85 ] Automatic leak detection interval timer 0 : 365 days
detection function
[ 2 - 86 ] Automatic leak detection activation Automatic leak detection activation 0 : OFF
Gathering detailed refrigerant Gathering detailed refrigerant information
[ 2 - 88 ] 0 : Active
information during test operation during test operation
Field Settings 97
3.3 Settings by DIP Switches

For factory mounted board only use DIP switch DS1-1 if required.
DIP switch
Setting item Description
No. Setting
ON Used to choose source to select Cooling/Heating/fan
COOL/HEAT
DS1-1 only. Source can be or indoor remote controller, or
OFF (Factory setting) select optional cool/heat switch wired to option “BRP2A81”.
DS1-2 ON
not used Do not change the factory settings.
~DS1-4 OFF (Factory setting)
98 Field Settings
3.4 DIP Switch Setting Mounting a Spare PCB

Caution:
After replacement with spare PCB, be sure to make settings shown in the table on the following page.
The procedure for making settings of spare PCB is different from that used for factory settings described
above. Be sure to refer to the table shown on the following page in order to make settings of spare PCB after
replacement.
Enforce a re-initialization of communication: hold press button BS3 “RETURN” for minimum 5 seconds.
After initialization, a test operation is required from outdoor unit (hold BS2 “SET” till indication “t01” appears).
(3) BS button (BS1~BS3) (2) Segment display (SEG1~SEG3)
(4)
DIP switch
(DS1-1~4)
(DS2-1~4)
(1)
Micro-computer
normal monitor
(HAP)
Connection terminal
for transmission use
Initial position ON ON
of DIP switches Position
OFF 1 2 3 4 OFF 1 2 3 4 Set switch
DS1 DS2
(1) Micro-computer normal monitor

This monitor blinks while in normal operation, and turns ON or OFF when an error occurs.
(2) 7 segment display
· Used to check the transmission.
· Used to display the transmission state between indoor and outdoor units.
· Used to display the contents of error.
· Used to display the contents of field setting.
(3) BS button
Used to change mode.
(4) DIP switch
Used to make field settings.
Field Settings 99
The figure below shows the required position of the DIP switches on spare PCB for RXYQ-T. Change DIP
switches at time of power disconnected.
Application model The setting method (represents the position of switches)
ON
RXYQ72T Set DS1-2, DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON
RXYQ96/120T Set DS1-2, DS1-4, DS2-1 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON
RXYQ144T Set DS1-2, DS1-4, DS2-2 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON
RXYQ168T Set DS1-2, DS1-4, DS2-1, DS2-2 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
100 Field Settings

SiUS341413EA Settings by BS Buttons
4. Settings by BS Buttons
The following settings can be made using the BS buttons on the PCB.
In case of a multi outdoor system, make these settings with the master outdoor unit (settings made with a slave
unit are disabled).
BS buttons
BS1 BS2 BS3 7 segment display (SEG1-3)
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
MODE SET RETURN
(TEST) (RESET)
Normal mode
Used to make Used to make

setting mode field settings. Setting mode
changes.
Monitor mode
Normal mode:
Blank: If no abnormality is detected and initialization of communication was completed.
Flashing combination of letter and number (4 digits): Error code detected by outdoor control or trouble by
communication.
Setting mode: Used to make changes to operating status, performance settings or address setting.
Monitor mode: Used to verify contents of settings, quantity of units, current value of some parameters during
operation of outdoor unit.
Field Settings 101

Settings by BS Buttons SiUS341413EA
4.1 Normal Mode

1. Indoor/outdoor transmission status: Used to check for the initial status of indoor/outdoor transmission.
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
Blinking
Initializing
ON
OFF
Initializing completed
2. Error contents: Used to display an error content.

SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
Normal
Example: E3-01
Error Error main code

Switching
every
second
Error sub code
Mode changing procedure can be selected using the BS1 (MODE) button as shown below:
Press and hold the
BS1 (MODE) for 5
seconds or more Press the BS1 (MODE) once
Setting mode Normal mode Monitor mode
Press the BS1 (MODE) once
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
102 Field Settings

Selection between Normal mode, Mode 1 and Mode 2.

SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
Press BS1 (MODE) for more than 5 sec. Normal mode Press BS1 (MODE) once.
(Initial condition)
Setting mode Monitor mode
Setting item selection Check item selection

(SET) (SET)
Press BS3 Press BS3
(RETURN) once. (RETURN) once.
Setting condition
Contents display
selection (SET)
Press BS3 Press BS3
(RETURN) once. (RETURN) once.
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN) once. Press BS1
(MODE)
once.
Press BS1
(MODE) once.
Field Settings 103

4.2 Setting Mode (= Mode 2)
Press and hold the MODE (BS1) SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

button for 5 seconds or more and
set to “Setting mode”.
Normal
BS1
<Selection of setting items> MODE

Press the SET (BS2) button and set
the 7 segment display to a setting
item shown in the table on the
following page.
↓
Press the RETURN (BS3) button BS2
and decide the item. (The present
setting condition is blinked.)
SET
BS3
RETURN
<Selection of setting conditions>
Default
Press the SET (BS2) button and set
to the setting condition you want.
↓
Press the RETURN (BS3) button
and decide the condition. BS2
SET
BS3
RETURN
Press the RETURN (BS3) button
and set to the initial status of
“Setting mode”.
BS3
RETURN
BS1
Press the MODE (BS1) button to MODE

return to “Normal mode”.
Normal
∗ If you become unsure of how to
proceed, press the MODE (BS1)
button and return to “Normal mode”.
Legend Segment : OFF : ON : BLINKS : hold 5 seconds
104 Field Settings

4.2.1 Overview Settings “mode 2”

This overview shows the available settings by using the press buttons on the outdoor unit board.
7 segment
7 segment display
No. Item display
Description Description Range
∗1
SEG SEG SEG SEG SEG SEG
1 2 3 1 2 3
0 COOL/HEAT Several systems as 1 zone change over
selection COOL/HEAT:
INDIVIDUAL: VRV indoor unit or A-B-C
input set mode. Individual 0
MASTER: System is the COOL/HEAT 2. 0 0 Unified master 1
master unit. Unified slave 2
SLAVE: System is not a COOL/HEAT
master.
1 COOL/HEAT Used to make address setting for unified 0 0
unified address cooling/heating operation. 2. 0 1 Address
~
31 3 1
2 Low noise/ Used to make address setting for low noise/ 0 0
demand address demand operation. 2. 0 2 Address
~
31 3 1
5 Indoor unit Used to force the fan of indoor unit to H tap. Normal operation 0
forced fan H 2. 0 5
Indoor fan H 1
6 Forced Used to force all indoor units to operate Normal operation 0
thermostat forced thermo.ON. 2. 0 6
Forced thermo.ON 1
8 Te setting Used to make setting of targeted Auto (43~52°F) 0
evaporating temperature for cooling Low level = 37°F 1
operation. Standard = 43°F 2
High Sens.45°F 3
2. 0 8
High Sens.46°F 4
High Sens.48°F 5
High Sens.50°F 6
High Sens.52°F 7
9 Tc setting Used to make setting of targeted Auto (100~120°F) 0
condensing temperature for heating Low = 106°F 1
operation. 2. 0 9
Normal = 109°F 3
High = 115°F 6
10 Defrost selection Used to adjust the defrost start temperature Defrost IN -28°F 0
setting of outdoor coil, to initiate defrosting earlier/ 2. 1 0 Normal 1
later.
Defrost IN +36°F 2
12 External low Used to receive external low noise or Input LNO/DE : NO 0
noise setting/ demand signal. 2. 1 2
demand setting : YES 1
13 AIRNET address Used to set address of AIRNET 0 0
2. 1 3 Address
~
~
63 3 1
20 Additional Used to perform additional refrigerant Refrigerant charging
refrigerant charging operation (compressor operation). 2. 2 0 OFF 0
charge
ON 1
21 Refrigerant Used to set the system to refrigerant Refrigerant recovery
recovery and recovery mode (without compressor run). OFF 0
2. 2 1
vacuuming
mode setting ON 1
22 Low night noise Automatic low night noise operation. Time OFF 0
operation for the operation is subject to the start and Level 1 1
end time settings. 2. 2 2
Level 2 2
Level 3 3
∗1: Numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the BS button.
∗ : Setting does not return to factory setting when exit mode 2. To cancel the function, change setting manually
to factory setting.
Indication bold = factory setting.
Field Settings 105

7 segment
7 segment display
No. Item display
∗1
1 2 3 1 2 3
25 External low Low noise level when the external low noise Level 1 1
noise level signal is input at option DTA104A61. 2. 2 5 Level 2 2
setting
Level 3 3
26 Low night noise Time to start automatic “low night noise” About 20:00 1
operation start operation. (“Low night noise” level setting 2. 2 6 About 22:00 2
setting should also be made.)
About 24:00 3
27 Low night noise Time to end automatic “low night noise” About 06:00 1
operation end operation. (“Low night noise” level setting 2. 2 7 About 07:00 2
setting should also be made.) About 08:00 3
28 Power transistor Used to troubleshoot DC compressor.
check mode Inverter waveforms are output without wire
connections to the compressor. It is useful to OFF 0
determine whether the relevant trouble has 2. 2 8
ON (10 Hz) 1
resulted from the compressor or inverter
PCB.
29 Capacity priority Cancel the low noise level control if capacity
setting is required while low noise operation or low OFF 0
2. 2 9
night noise operation is in progress. ON 1
30 Demand 1 Used to make a change to the targeted Level 1 (60%) 1
setting power consumption level when the demand Level 2 (65%) 2
1 control signal is inputted. Level 3 (70%) 3
Level 4 (75%) 4
2. 3 0
Level 5 (80%) 5
Level 6 (85%) 6
Level 7 (90%) 7
Level 8 (95%) 8
31 Demand 2 Used to use a targeted power current level Level 1 (40%) 1
setting when the demand 2 control signal is 2. 3 1 Level 2 (50%) 2
inputted.
Level 3 (55%) 3
32 Normal demand Used to set permanent demand 1 or 2 OFF 0
setting control without inputting any external signal. 2. 3 2 Demand 1 (2-30) 1
Demand 2 (2-31) 2
34 Indoor fan upper Forced fan speed to low indoor units Cooling and heating 0
limit thermostat ON if total indoor 2. 3 34 Heating only never 1
thermostat-ON > index 130.
2
35 Outdoor > 40 m To increase Tc target heating. Level > 131ft 2-3/4 0
below indoor 2. 3 35 Level max. 131ft 2-3/4 1
Do not use ~7
38 Emergency To prohibit a compressor or complete in OFF 0
operation “Master”. Since module is permanent Master INV. 1 OFF 1
(master) disabled, immediately replace the defective 2. 3 8
component(s). Master INV. 2 OFF 2
Master unit OFF 3
39 Emergency To prohibit a compressor or complete “Slave OFF 0
operation 1”. Since module is permanent disabled, Slave 1 INV. 1 OFF 1
(slave 1) immediately replace the defective 2. 3 9
component(s). Slave 1 INV. 2 OFF 2
Slave 1 unit OFF 3
40 Emergency To prohibit a compressor or complete “Slave OFF 0
operation 2”. Since module is permanent disabled, Slave 2 INV. 1 OFF 1
(slave 2) immediately replace the defective 2. 4 0
component(s). Slave 2 INV. 2 OFF 2
Slave 2 unit OFF 3
∗ : Setting does not return to factory setting when exit mode 2. To cancel the function, change setting manually
to factory setting.
∗ : Once function is activated “t01” appears. To stop current function, press once BS3 “Return” button.
106 Field Settings

7 segment
7 segment display
No. Item display
∗1
1 2 3 1 2 3
42 Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit fan noise countermeasure Standard 0
(limit fan speed). 2. 4 2 Mode A 1
Mode B 2
43 Defrost four way At time defrost starts/end. Capacity priority 0
valve 2. 4 3
Compressor OFF 1
49 Outdoor > 164ft Height difference setting max. 295ft 3-1/4. Off (max. 164ft 1/2) 0
1/2 above 2. 4 9
indoor On (max 295ft 3-1/4) 1
50 Defrost Priority during defrost. Indoor priority 0
2. 5 0
Defrost priority 1
51 Sequence multi Sequence addressing between master and Automatic 0
outdoor slave units. Forced master 1
2 5 1
Forded slave 1 2
Forced slave 2 3
Field Settings 107

4.2.2 The Factory Setting for All Field Settings - mode 2

Description 7 seg display SEG Description 7 seg display SEG
No. Item factory No. Item factory
setting 1 2 3 setting 1 2 3
Auto low night noise 2
0 C / H selection Individual 0 26 operation start 22 : 00
1 C / H unified address Address 0 0 27 Auto low night noise 8 : 00 3

operation end
Low night noise
2 operation / DE address Address 0 0 28 Power trans check Disabled 0
3 0 29 Capacity priority Disabled 0
Do not change contents
4 0 30 Demand level 1 70 % 3
5 Indoor fan H Normal 0 31 Demand level 2 40 % 1
6 Forced thermo. - ON Normal 0 32 Normal demand Disabled 0
7 Do not change contents 0 33 Do not change contents 0
8 Te setting Automatic 0 34 L-tap > 130% All modes 0
9 Tc setting Automatic 0 35 Outdoor > 40m Disabled 1
10 Defrost selection Normal 1 36 2
Do not change contents
11 Do not change contents 0 37 0
12 Extern. low night noise Disabled 0 38 Emergency (Master) Disabled 0

operation / DE
13 AIRNET address Address 0 0 39 Emergency (Slave 1) Disabled 0
14 R410A add charge No input 0 40 Emergency (Slave 2) Disabled 0
15 0 41 Do not change contents 0
16 Do not change contents 0 42 Outdoor unit fan Standard 0
17 0 43 Sound defrost Capacity 0
18 Outdoor fan ESP Normal 0 44 0
19 Do not change contents 0 45 0
20 Add refrigerant charge Disabled 0 46 Do not change contents 0
21 Recovery, vacuuming Disabled 0 47 0
22 Auto low night noise Disabled 0 48 0
operation level
23 0 49 Outdoor > 164ft 1/2 Disabled 0
Do not change contents 0
24 0 50 Defrost continuous Enabled
heat
External low night
25 noise operation Level 2 2 51 Sequence multi Automatic 0
108 Field Settings

4.3 Monitor Mode

In the monitor mode, information can be retrieved about settings related to performance, addresses, number of
units and actual operation data.
4.3.1 Retrievable Data by “Configurator”
Mode 1 Setting Description
[1-0] Master / slave 1 / slave 2 Shows whether the unit you check is a master
[ 1 - 10 ] Total connected indoor units Shows the total number of connected indoor units
[ 1 - 13 ] Total connected outdoor units Shows the total number of outdoor units
[ 1 - 17 ] Contents of error (latest) Shows the latest error code
[ 1 - 18 ] Contents of error (1 cycle before) Shows the 2nd last error code
[ 1 - 19 ] Contents of error (2 cycle before) Shows the 3rd last error code
[ 1 - 23 ] Contents of retry (latest) Latest system retry
[ 1 - 24 ] Contents of retry (1 cycle before) Previous system retry (1)
[ 1 - 25 ] Contents of retry (2 cycle before) Previous system retry (2)
Days remaining till the next automatic leak
[ 1 - 34 ] Shows the remaining days till the next automatic leak
detection
[ 1 - 35 ] Result of the last leak detection operation Shows the result of the latest automatic leak detection
Result of the last leak detection operation (1
[ 1 - 36 ] Shows the result of the 2nd last automatic leak detection
before)
Result of the last leak detection operation (2
[ 1 - 37 ] Shows the result of the 3rd last automatic leak detection
before)
Shows the number of RA DX indoor units connected to the
[ 1 - 38 ] Number of connected RA DX indoor units system
Shows the number of hydroboxes indoor units connected
[ 1 - 39 ] Number of connected hydrobox indoor units to the system
Field Settings 109

4.3.2 Retrieve Data by Using BS Button Outdoor Main Control PCB
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
Normal
To enter "monitor mode", press the
MODE (BS1) button while in BS1
"normal mode".
MODE
<Selecting monitoring item>
Press the SET (BS2) button to set BS2

the 7 segment display to any of the
monitoring items listed in the table on the SET
following page.
BS3
<Checking for description of data>
Press the RETURN (BS3) button.

RETURN
Data on the monitoring item selected will
appear on the 7 segment display.
BS3
RETURN
Press the RETURN (BS3) button to
set "Monitoring mode" to the initial state.
BS1
MODE
Press the MODE (BS1) button will Normal
return the mode to "normal mode".
∗ If you lose setting in progress,

press the MODE (BS1) button.
You should return to "normal mode".
110 Field Settings

Monitoring item Data display

No.
7 segment display Contents 7 segment display
∗1 Item
SEG 1 SEG 2 SEG 3 SEG 1 SEG 2 SEG 3
Undefined -
Master unit 0
0 Master/slave outdoor unit 1. 0 0
Slave 1 unit 1
Slave 2 unit 2
In normal operation 0
1 Low noise operation state 1. 0 1
In low noise operation 1
In normal operation 0
2 Demand operation state 1. 0 2
In demand operation 1
Automatic backup operation OFF 0
3 1. 0 3
state ON 1
Slow defrost 0
4 Defrost selection setting 1. 0 4 Normal 1
Quick defrost 2
Automatic 0
Low 37°F 1
Normal 43°F 2
High sensible 45°F 3
5 Te setting 1. 0 5
Automatic 0
Low sensible 106°F 1
6 Tc setting 1. 0 6
Normal 115°F 6
High 120°F 7
- 0
7 COOL/HEAT unified address 1. 0 7 Possible 0-31
3 1
- 0
8 Low noise/demand address 1. 0 8 Possible 0-31
3 1
- 0
9 AIRNET address 1. 0 9 Possible 0-63
6 3
Number of indoor unit - 0
10 1. 1 0 Possible 0-63
connected (refer to ∗2) 6 3
Number of outdoor units (refer - 0
13 1. 1 3 Possible 0-63
to ∗3) 6 3
- 0
15 Number of units in zone 1. 1 5 Possible 0-63
6 3
Number of all indoor units of
several systems if “F1F2 OUT/ - - 0
16 1. 1 6 Possible 0-128
D is wired between systems 1 2 8
(refer to ∗4)
17 Description of error (latest) 1. 1 7
Description of error
18 1. 1 8 Refer to information in "4.3.3 Check for Descriptions
(1 cycle before)
of Errors/Retries".
Description of error
19 1. 1 9
(2 cycles before)
∗2: Number of indoor units connected: represents the number of indoor units connected to a single outdoor
system.
∗3: Number of outdoor units: represents the number of outdoor units connected to a single DIII-NET that is a
communication line.
∗4: Number of terminal units: represents the number of indoor units connected to a single DIII-NET that is a
communication line.
Field Settings 111

Monitoring item Data display

No. 7 segment display 7 segment display
∗1
Item Contents
SEG 1 SEG 2 SEG 3 SEG 1 SEG 2 SEG 3
23 Description of retry (latest) 1. 2 3
Description of retry
24 1. 2 4 Refer to information in "4.3.3 Check for
(1 cycle before)
Descriptions of Errors/Retries".
Description of retry
25 1. 2 5
(2 cycles before)
Number of outdoor units - 0
28 1. 2 8 Possible 0-63
connected to a multi system 6 3
Outdoor board status 0 = standard judgement 0
32 judgement 1 3 2 1 = normal 1
2 = abnormal 2
Number of abnormal status - 0
33 1 3 3 Possible 0-15
judgement outdoor board 1 5
Number of connected RA - 0
38 1 3 8 Possible 0-63
indoor (through BP unit) 6 3
Cooling comfort setting - 0
40 1 4 0 Possible 0-7
(see mode 2 No. 8) 6 3
Heating comfort setting - 0
41 1 4 1 Possible 0-6
(see mode 2 No. 9) 6 3
42 0. 1 0
High pressure (psi) 1 4 2 Possible 0.1-9.99
∗2 9. 9 9
43 0. 1 0
Low pressure (psi) 1 4 3 Possible 0.1-9.99
∗2 9. 9 9
44 Compressor total frequency 0 0 0
1 4 4 0-999
∗2 (Hz) 9 9 9
45 Opening pulses EV main “Y1E” 0 0 0
1 4 5 0-999
∗2 (pulses / 10) 9 9 9
46 Discharge pipe temperature - 9 9
1 4 6 -99-999
∗2 R21T (°F) 9 9 9
47 Discharge pipe temperature - 9 9
1 4 7 -99-999
∗2 R22T (°F) 9 9 9
48 Compressor body temperature - 9 9
1 4 8 -99-999
∗2 R8T (°F) 9 9 9
49 - 9 9
Air temperature R1T (°F) 1 4 9 -99-999
∗2 9 9 9
50 Accumulator inlet temperature - 9 9
1 5 0 -99-999
∗2 R3T (°F) 9 9 9
51 Gas outlet sub-cool heat- - 9 9
1 5 1 -99-999
∗2 exchanger R6T (°F) 9 9 9
52 - 9 9
Coil temperature R7T (°F) 1 5 2 -99-999
∗2 9 9 9
53 Compressor operation hours / 0 0 0
1 5 3 0-999
∗2 100 9 9 9
∗2: Available from software ID “30-28” (to check current software version, refer to monitor mode No. 20).
112 Field Settings

4.3.3 Check for Descriptions of Errors/Retries

Follow the procedure described below. This procedure is different than indicated in previous “Monitor mode”.
The error codes for forced stop outdoor or retry are item:
17, 18, 19: description of error (outdoor system stopped operation).
23, 24, 25: description of retry.
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
Normal
To enter "monitor mode", press the
MODE (BS1) button while in BS1
"normal mode".
MODE
<Selecting error/retry item>
Press the SET (BS2) button to set BS2

the 7 segment display to any of the
error or retry items listed in the table
on the following page. SET
<Displaying check 1>
Press the RETURN (BS3) button. BS3

Error (Retry) codes will appear on the
7 segment display.
RETURN
BS2 Press
SET(BS2)
button. <Displaying check 2>
SET
Press the SET (BS2) button. BS2
Detailed error (retry) codes will appear
on the 7 segment display. SET
BS3
Press the RETURN (BS3) button to set RETURN

"Monitoring mode" to the initial state.
BS1
Pressing the MODE (BS1) button will MODE

return the mode to "normal mode".
Normal

The tables on next pages show a full list of possible error codes displayed on the 3 digit 7 segment display of
the outdoor unit. The error code contains an upper and lower digit. To scroll between upper and lower error
digit, use the “Set” button BS2 when the select number in the monitoring mode is chosen:
No. 17-19 for error = system operated stopped.
No. 23-25 for retry = system attempts to keep operation.
The errors cover problems detected in the outdoor unit or the communication.
Errors detected on the indoor unit are not shown on the outdoor display. For inspecting error code on indoor
unit, please consult:
Display of the remote controller connected to the indoor units.
If there are no remote controllers, there should be a central control device set up. Prior to start up, make
the necessary group number settings on each indoor unit.
Field Settings 113

Upper code Lower code

Error code Description of error SEG SEG SEG SEG SEG SEG
1 2 3 1 2 3
E1 - 1 Outdoor unit PCB error E 1 - 0 1
- 2 Defective outdoor unit PCB - 0 2
E2 - 1 Ground leakage detection error – Master unit E 2 - 0 1
- 2 Ground leakage detection error – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Ground leakage detection error – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
- 6 Missing of ground leakage detection core – Master unit - 0 6
- 7 Missing of ground leakage detection core – Slave unit 1 - 0 7
- 8 Missing of ground leakage detection core – Slave unit 2 - 0 8
E3 - 1 Actuation of high pressure switch – Master unit E 3 - 0 1
- 2 High pressure - refrigerant overcharge or closed stop valve – Master unit - 0 2
- 3 Actuation of high pressure switch – Slave unit 1 - 0 3
- 4 High pressure - refrigerant overcharge or closed stop valve – Slave unit 1 - 0 4
- 5 Actuation of high pressure switch – Slave unit 2 - 0 5
- 6 High pressure - refrigerant overcharge or closed stop valve – Slave unit 2 - 0 6
- 13 Liquid stop valve check error – Master unit - 1 3
- 14 Liquid stop valve check error – Slave unit 1 - 1 4
- 15 Liquid stop valve check error – Slave unit 2 - 1 5
- 18 Overall retry of high pressure switch - 1 8
E4 - 1 Low pressure sensor error – Master unit E 4 - 0 1
- 2 Low pressure sensor error – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Low pressure sensor error – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
E5 - 1 Inverter compressor 1 lock – Master unit E 5 - 0 1
- 2 Inverter compressor 1 lock – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 7 Inverter compressor 2 lock – Master unit - 0 7
E7 - 1 Fan motor 1 lock – Master unit E 7 - 0 1
- 2 Fan motor 2 lock – Master unit - 0 2
- 5 Fan motor 1 momentary overcurrent – Master unit - 0 5
- 6 Fan motor 2 momentary overcurrent – Master unit - 0 6
- 9 Fan motor 1 IPM error – Master unit - 0 9
- 10 Fan motor 2 IPM error – Master unit - 0 9
- 13 Fan motor 1 lock – Slave unit 1 - 1 3
- 17 Fan motor 1 momentary overcurrent – Slave unit 1 - 1 7
- 21 Fan motor 1 IPM error – Slave unit 1 - 2 1
114 Field Settings


1 2 3 1 2 3
E9 - 1 Electronic expansion valve 2 coil (Y2E) error – Master unit E 9 - 0 1
- 3 Electronic expansion valve 3 coil (Y3E) error – Master unit - 0 3
- 4 Electronic expansion valve 1 coil (Y1E) error – Master unit - 0 4
- 5 Electronic expansion valve 2 coil (Y2E) error – Slave unit 1 - 0 5
- 20 Defective electronic expansion valve 1 coil (Y1E) – Master unit - 2 0
- 21 Defective electronic expansion valve 1 coil (Y1E) – Slave unit 1 - 2 1
- 23 Defective electronic expansion valve 2 coil (Y2E) – Master unit - 2 3
F3 - 1 Discharge pipe high temperature error – Master unit F 3 - 1 1
- 3 Discharge pipe high temperature error – Slave unit 1 - 1 3
- 5 Discharge pipe high temperature error – Slave unit 2 - 1 5
- 20 Compressor overheat error – Master unit - 2 0
- 21 Compressor overheat error – Slave unit 1 - 2 1
- 22 Compressor overheat error – Slave unit 2 - 2 2
F4 - 1 Wet alarm F 4 - 0 1
- 2 Error detection - Wet alarm INV. 1 – Master unit - 0 2
- 3 Error detection - Wet alarm INV. 2 – Master unit - 0 3
- 4 Error detection - Wet alarm INV. 1 – Slave unit 1 - 0 4
- 8 Error detection - Wet error INV. 1 – Master unit - 0 8
- 9 Error detection - Wet error INV. 2 – Master unit - 0 9
- 10 Error detection - Wet error INV. 1 – Slave unit 1 - 1 0
- 14 Error detection - Indoor unit failure alarm - 1 4
F6 - 2 Refrigerant overcharged F 6 - 0 2
H3 - 2 Connection error (Control & INV. 1 (A3P)) – Master unit H 3 - 0 2
- 3 Connection error (Control & INV. 2 (A6P)) – Master unit - 0 3
- 4 Connection error (Control & INV. 1 (A3P)) – Slave unit 1 - 0 4
Field Settings 115


1 2 3 1 2 3
H7 - 1 Fan motor 1 signal detection error – Master unit H 7 - 0 1
- 2 Fan motor 2 signal detection error – Master unit - 0 2
- 5 Fan motor 1 signal detection error – Slave unit 1 - 0 5
H9 - 1 Defective outdoor air thermistor – Master unit H 9 - 0 1
- 2 Defective outdoor air thermistor – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Defective outdoor air thermistor – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
J3 - 16 Defective discharge pipe 1 thermistor: Open – Master unit J 3 - 1 6
- 17 Defective discharge pipe 1 thermistor: Short – Master unit - 1 7
- 22 Defective discharge pipe 1 thermistor: Open – Slave unit 1 - 2 2
- 23 Defective discharge pipe 1 thermistor: Short – Slave unit 1 - 2 3
J3 - 18 Defective discharge pipe 2 thermistor: Open – Master unit J 3 - 1 8
- 19 Defective discharge pipe 2 thermistor: Short – Master unit - 1 9
J3 - 47 Defective compressor surface thermistor: Open – Master unit J 3 - 4 7
- 48 Defective compressor surface thermistor: Short – Master unit - 4 8
- 49 Defective compressor surface thermistor: Open – Slave unit 1 - 4 9
- 50 Defective compressor surface thermistor: Short – Slave unit 1 - 5 0
- 51 Defective compressor surface thermistor: Open – Slave unit 2 - 5 1
- 52 Defective compressor surface thermistor: Short – Slave unit 2 - 5 2
J3 - 56 Discharge pipe warning – Master unit J 3 - 5 6
- 57 Discharge pipe warning – Slave unit 1 - 5 7
- 58 Discharge pipe warning – Slave unit 2 - 5 8
J5 - 1 Defective accumulator inlet thermistor – Master unit J 5 - 0 1
- 3 Defective accumulator inlet thermistor – Slave unit 1 - 0 3
- 5 Defective accumulator inlet thermistor – Slave unit 2 - 0 5
- 15 Error detection of accumulator inlet thermistor – Master unit - 1 5
- 16 Error detection of accumulator inlet thermistor – Slave unit 1 - 1 6
- 17 Error detection of accumulator inlet thermistor – Slave unit 2 - 1 7
J6 - 1 Defective heat exchanger thermistor – Master unit J 6 - 0 1
- 2 Defective heat exchanger thermistor – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Defective heat exchanger thermistor – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
J7 - 6 Defective subcooling liquid pipe thermistor (R5T) – Master unit J 7 - 0 6
- 7 Defective subcooling liquid pipe thermistor (R5T) – Slave unit 1 - 0 7
- 8 Defective subcooling liquid pipe thermistor (R5T) – Slave unit 2 - 0 8
116 Field Settings


1 2 3 1 2 3
J8 - 1 Defective heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R4T) – Master unit J 8 - 0 1
- 2 Defective heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R4T) – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Defective heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R4T) – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
J9 - 1 Defective sub-cool heat exchanger outlet thermistor – Master unit J 9 - 0 1
- 2 Defective sub-cool heat exchanger outlet thermistor – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Defective sub-cool heat exchanger outlet thermistor – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
Error detection - Failure of sub-cool heat exchanger outlet thermistor –
- 8 - 0 8
Master unit
- 9 - 0 9
Slave unit 1
- 10 - 1 0
Slave unit 2
JA - 6 Defective high pressure sensor: Open – Master unit J A - 0 6
- 7 Defective high pressure sensor: Short – Master unit - 0 7
- 8 Defective high pressure sensor: Open – Slave unit 1 - 0 8
- 9 Defective high pressure sensor: Short – Slave unit 1 - 0 9
- 10 Defective high pressure sensor: Open – Slave unit 2 - 1 0
- 11 Defective high pressure sensor: Short – Slave unit 2 - 1 1
JC - 6 Defective low pressure sensor: Open – Master unit J C - 0 6
- 7 Defective low pressure sensor: Short – Master unit - 0 7
- 8 Defective low pressure sensor: Open – Slave unit 1 - 0 8
- 9 Defective low pressure sensor: Short – Slave unit 1 - 0 9
- 10 Defective low pressure sensor: Open – Slave unit 2 - 1 0
- 11 Defective low pressure sensor: Short – Slave unit 2 - 1 1
L1 - 1 Instantaneous overcurrent - Inverter compressor 1 – Master unit L 1 - 0 1
- 2 Defective current sensor - Inverter compressor 1 – Master unit - 0 2
- 3 Current offset - Inverter compressor 1 – Master unit - 0 3
- 4 Failure power transistors - Inverter compressor 1 – Master unit - 0 4
- 5 Jumper settings Inverter - Inverter compressor 1 – Master unit - 0 5
- 17 Instantaneous overcurrent - Inverter compressor 2 – Master unit - 1 7
- 18 Defective current sensor - Inverter compressor 2 – Master unit - 1 8
- 19 Current offset - Inverter compressor 2 – Master unit - 1 9
- 20 Defective power transistors - Inverter compressor 2 – Master unit - 2 0
- 21 Jumper settings Inverter - Inverter compressor 2 – Master unit - 2 1
- 28 Defective inverter fan motor 1 - Master unit – ROM - 2 8
- 29 Defective inverter fan motor 2 - Master unit – ROM - 2 9
- 36 Defective inverter compressor 1 - Master unit – ROM - 3 6
- 37 Defective inverter compressor 2 - Master unit – ROM - 3 7
- 47 Power supply inverter compressor 1 error – Master unit - 4 7
- 48 Power supply inverter compressor 2 error – Master unit - 4 8
Field Settings 117


1 2 3 1 2 3
L1 - 7 Instantaneous overcurrent - Inverter compressor 1 – Slave unit 1 L 1 - 0 7
- 8 Defective current sensor - Inverter compressor 1 – Slave unit 1 - 0 8
- 9 Current offset - Inverter compressor 1 – Slave unit 1 - 0 9
- 10 Defective power transistors - Inverter compressor 1 – Slave unit 1 - 1 0
- 15 Jumper settings inverter - Inverter compressor 1 – Slave unit 1 - 1 5
- 22 Instantaneous overcurrent - Inverter compressor 2 – Slave unit 1 - 2 2
- 32 Defective inverter fan motor 1 ROM – Slave unit 1 - 3 2
- 38 Defective inverter compressor 1 ROM – Slave unit 1 - 3 8
- 49 Power supply inverter compressor 1 error – Slave unit 1 - 4 9
L1 - 11 Instantaneous overcurrent - Inverter compressor 1 – Slave unit 2 L 1 - 1 1
- 42 Instantaneous overcurrent - Inverter compressor 2 – Slave unit 2 - 4 2
118 Field Settings


1 2 3 1 2 3
L2 - 1 Momentary power error – Master unit L 2 - 0 1
- 2 Momentary power error – Slave unit 1 - 0 2
- 3 Momentary power error – Slave unit 2 - 0 3
- 4 Power ON – Master unit - 0 4
- 5 Power ON – Slave unit 1 - 0 5
- 6 Power ON – Slave unit 2 - 0 6
L4 - 1 Radiation fin temperature rise: INV. PCB 1 – Master L 4 - 0 1
- 2 Radiation fin temperature rise: INV. PCB 1 – Slave 1 - 0 2
- 9 Radiation fin temperature rise: INV. PCB 2 – Master - 0 9
L5 - 3 Inverter compressor 1 momentary overcurrent (Master) L 5 - 0 3
- 5 Inverter compressor 1 momentary overcurrent (Slave 1) - 0 5
- 14 Inverter compressor 2 momentary overcurrent (Master) - 1 4
L8 - 3 Inverter compressor 1 overcurrent (Master) L 8 - 0 3
- 6 Inverter compressor 1 overcurrent (Slave 1) - 0 6
- 11 Inverter compressor 2 overcurrent (Master) - 1 1
L9 - 1 Inverter compressor 1 startup error (Master) L 9 - 0 1
- 5 Inverter compressor 1 startup error (Slave 1) - 0 5
- 10 Inverter compressor 2 startup error (Master) - 1 0
Field Settings 119


1 2 3 1 2 3
LC - 14 Transmission error [Between outdoor units, INV. 1] (Master) L C - 1 4
- 15 Transmission error [Between outdoor units, INV. 1] (Slave 1) - 1 5
- 19 Transmission error [Between outdoor units, Fan 1] (Master) - 1 9
- 20 Transmission error [Between outdoor units, Fan 1] (Slave 1) - 2 0
- 24 Transmission error [Between outdoor units, Fan 2] (Master) - 2 4
- 30 Transmission error [Between outdoor units, INV. 2] (Master) - 3 0
Transmission error [Between outdoor units, sub PCB] “EKBPHPCBT7”
- 33 - 3 3
(Master) or set 2-52-2 without sub board
- 34 - 3 4
(Slave 1) or set 2-52-2 without sub board
- 35 - 3 5
(Slave 2) or set 2-52-2 without sub board
P1 - 1 Inverter 1 power supply unbalanced voltage (Master) P 1 - 0 1
- 2 Inverter 1 power supply unbalanced voltage (Slave 1) - 0 2
- 7 Inverter 2 power supply unbalanced voltage (Master) - 0 7
P3 - 1 Defective reactor thermistor 1 (Master: INV. PCB 1) P 3 - 0 1
- 2 Defective reactor thermistor 1 (Slave 1: INV. PCB 1) - 0 2
- 4 Defective reactor thermistor 2 (Master: INV. PCB 1) - 0 4
120 Field Settings


1 2 3 1 2 3
P4 - 1 Defective Radiation fin thermistor (Master: INV. PCB 1) P 4 - 0 1
- 4 Defective Radiation fin thermistor (Slave 1: INV. PCB 1) - 0 4
- 6 Defective Radiation fin thermistor (Master: INV. PCB 2) - 0 6
PJ - 4 Incorrect type of inverter PCB [INV.1] (Master) P J - 0 4
- 5 Incorrect type of inverter PCB [INV.1] (Slave 1) - 0 5
- 9 Incorrect type of inverter PCB [Fan 1] (Master) - 0 9
- 10 Incorrect type of inverter PCB [Fan 2] (Master) - 1 0
- 12 Incorrect type of inverter PCB [INV.2] (Master) - 1 2
- 15 Incorrect type of inverter PCB [Fan 1] (Slave 1) - 1 5
U0 - 5 Refrigerant shortage alarm U 0 - 0 5
- 6 Refrigerant shortage alarm - 0 6
- 8 Refrigerant shortage (Master) - 0 8
- 9 Refrigerant shortage (Slave 1) - 0 9
- 10 Refrigerant shortage (Slave 2) - 1 0
U1 - 1 Reverse phase/open phase of power supply (Master) U 1 - 0 1
- 4 Reverse phase of power supply [when power ON] (Master) - 0 4
- 5 Reverse phase/open phase of power supply (Slave 1) - 0 5
- 6 Reverse phase of power supply [when power ON] (Slave 1) - 0 6
- 7 Reverse phase/open phase of power supply (Slave 2) - 0 7
- 8 Reverse phase of power supply [when power ON] (Slave 2) - 0 8
Field Settings 121


1 2 3 1 2 3
U2 - 1 Shortage of inverter 1 power supply voltage (Master) U 2 - 0 1
- 2 Open phase of inverter 1 power supply (Master) - 0 2
- 3 Defective capacitor in inverter 1 main circuit (Master) - 0 3
- 8 Shortage of inverter 1 power supply voltage (Slave 1) - 0 8
- 9 Open phase of inverter 1 power supply (Slave 1) - 0 9
- 10 Defective capacitor in inverter 1 main circuit (Slave 1) - 1 0
- 22 Shortage of inverter 2 power supply voltage (Master) - 2 2
- 23 Open phase of inverter 2 power supply (Master) - 2 3
- 24 Defective capacitor in inverter 2 main circuit (Master) - 2 4
U3 - 2 Initial installation alarm / Test operation failed due to indoor unit error U 3 - 0 2
- 3 Test operation not conducted - 0 3
- 4 Abnormal end of test operation - 0 4
Premature end of test operation during initial transmission error – check
- 5 - 0 5
indoor unit error U4 / U9
- 6 Premature end of test operation during normal transmission error - 0 6
- 7 Premature end of test operation due to transmission error - 0 7
- 8 Premature end of test operation due to transmission error of all units - 0 8
U4 - 1 Transmission error between indoor and outdoor units U 4 - 0 1
Transmission error between indoor unit and system: check indoor unit
- 3 - 0 3
error
- 15 Outdoor unable to start test operation because some indoor detects error - 1 5
U7 - 1 Error when external control adaptor for outdoor unit is installed U 7 - 0 1
- 2 Alarm when external control adaptor for outdoor unit is installed - 0 2
- 3 Transmission error between master and slave 1 units - 0 3
- 4 Transmission error between master and slave 2 units - 0 4
- 5 Multi system error - 0 5
- 6 Error in address settings of slave 1 and 2 - 0 6
- 7 Connection of four or more outdoor units in the same system - 0 7
- 11 Error in indoor unit connection capacity for test operation - 1 1
U9 - 1 Other indoor units abnormality U 9 - 0 1
122 Field Settings


1 2 3 1 2 3
UA - 17 Connection of excessive indoor units U A - 1 7
- 18 Connection of wrong models of indoor units - 1 8
- 20 Improper combination of outdoor units - 2 0
- 21 Connection error - 2 1
- 29 Branch selector BSVQ-P connected to heat pump system - 2 9
- 31 Multi-unit combination error - 3 1
- 38 Daikin Altherma indoor unit detected - 3 8
- 39 Other hydrobox type than HXY-A unit detected - 3 9
- 50 RA connected to BP units and HXY-A unit detected - 5 0
- 51 Only HXY-a unit(s) connected, minimum 50% DX indoor need - 5 1
UF - 1 Wrong wiring check error U F - 0 1
- 5 Defective stop valve for test operation - 0 5
UH - 1 Wiring error U H - 0 1
UJ - 1 Defective active filter (Master) U J - 0 1
- 2 Defective active filter (Slave 1) - 0 2
- 3 Defective active filter (Slave 2) - 0 3
Upper code
Caution Code Description code SEG SEG SEG
1 2 3
P 2 Auto charge more than 5 minutes “t 03” blinking P 2
8 Auto charge abnormal end freeze up indoor P 8
E Auto charge nearly terminated P E
9 Auto charge normal terminated P 9
E - 1 Conditions not met to perform leak test E - 1
- 2 Indoor air average below 50°F for leak test E - 2
- 3 Outdoor air below 32°F for leak test E - 3
- 4 Abnormal low pressure during leak test E - 4
- 5 Some indoor not compatible for leak test E - 5
Field Settings 123

4.3.4 Description Field Settings (mode 2 = m2) on Outdoor Unit Control PCB
m2-0: Cool/heat zone setting. When multiple heat-pump systems need to change over together between
cooling and heating (example multiple systems serve to indoor units in landscape area), per zone the optional
board DTA104A61/62 needs to be installed.
Recommended location is in one of the VRV indoor units belonging to the system that will be set as
“Master cool/heat unit” (field setting 2-0-1).
The source to change over between cooling and heating can be as follows:
One of indoor units is chosen: outdoor board DIP switch DS1-1 “Off”, or
Optional cool/heat selector “KRC19-26A” and optional board “BRP2A81” is used.
Default value: 0 = “individual”. Each outdoor unit can select cool/heat operation by optional cool/heat
selector if installed, or by defining master indoor unit.
Set 1: “Master unit”. This system will switch several systems between cooling/heating/fan-only.
Set 2: “Slave unit”. The system will receive the operation from a system set as “Master cool/heat” with
same “Cool/heat address” (set 2-1) and DIP switch address on the optional board DTA104A61/62.
m2-1: Cool/heat unified address: address for cool/heat unified operation.

When multiple heat pump systems need to change over together between cooling and heating (example
multiple systems serve indoor units in landscape area). Per zone the optional board DTA104A61/62
needs to be installed. Recommended location is in one of the VRV indoor units belonging to the system
that will be set as “Master cool/heat unit” (field setting 2-0-1).
The address set to the multiple systems need to operate as a zone, should be same as the address set by
the DIP switches on the related optional board DTA104A61/62.
DS2 · DS1 C/H group address DS2 · DS1 C/H group address
External Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor External Outdoor Outdoor

control adaptor unit group unit group unit group control adaptor unit group unit group
for outdoor unit master No.0 slave No.0 slave No.0 for outdoor unit master No.1 slave No.1
No.0 No.1
DS2 · DS1 C/H group address DS2 · DS1 C/H group address
External Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor External Outdoor Outdoor

control adaptor unit group unit group unit group control adaptor unit group unit group
for outdoor unit master No.2 slave No.2 slave No.2 for outdoor unit master No.3 slave No.3
No.2 No.3
Default value = 0.
Field setting: 1-31.
The source for cool/heat selection can be:
Indoor unit: when outdoor unit DIP switch DS1-1 is at the “OFF” position.
Cool/heat switch: set DIP switch DS1-1 outdoor board to “ON”. Operation mode according to
connections A-B-C to optional board “BRP2A81”.
m2-2: Low noise/demand address: address for low noise/demand operation.

1 or more systems (maximum 10 systems wired by “F1F2 OUT/D”) can operate use the LNO (Low Noise
Operation) or/and the DE (Demand Control) by instruction of field supplied input to optional board
DTA104A61/62.
To link the system to the corresponding DTA104A61/62, set the address same as the DIP switches
position on the related optional board DTA104A61/62.
Ensure that also field setting 2-12-1 is set to enable input from optional board DTA104A61/62.
124 Field Settings

m2-5: Cross wiring check.

Default value = 0. Not active.
Set 1: force all connected indoor units to operate the indoor fan on high speed. This setting can be made
to check which units are missing in the communication if the number of indoor units do not correspond to
the system lay out. Ensure that after cross wiring check was confirmed, to return setting to default 2-5-0.
Once setting 2-5-1 is active, it is not automatically returning to default when exit mode 2.
m2-6: Forced thermostat ON command all connected indoor units.

Default value = 0. Not active.
Set 1: force all connected indoor units to operate under “Test” = forced thermostat ON command to
outdoor. Ensure that when the forced thermostat ON needs to be ended, to return setting to default 2-6-0.
Once setting 2-6-1 is active, it is not automatically returning to default when exit mode 2.
m2-8: Te target temperature for cooling operation. Change the setting 2-8 = 0, 2-7 in function of required
operation method during cooling.
Default value = 0 = Automatic. The refrigerant temperature is set depending on the outdoor ambient
conditions. As such adjusting the refrigerant temperature to match the required load (which is also related
to the outdoor ambient conditions). When system is operating in cooling, less cooling load when low
outdoor air temperatures (e.g. 77°F) as under higher outdoor air temperatures (95°F). The system
automatically starts increasing its refrigerant temperature, so reducing the delivered capacity and
increasing the system's efficiency.
Set 2: Basic. The refrigerant temperature is fixed to average indoor evaporating temperature of 42.8°F,
independent from the situation. It corresponds to the standard operation which is known and can be
expected from/under previous VRV systems.
Set 3-7: High Sensible. The refrigerant temperature is set higher/lower in cooling compared to basic
operation. The focus under high sensible mode is comfort feeling for the customer. The selection method
of indoor units is important and has to be considered as the available capacity is not the same as under
basic operation. Activate this setting under cooling operation.
setting 2-8- Te target
0 Auto (default)
2 43°F
3 45°F
4 46°F
5 48°F
6 50°F
7 52°F
m2-9: Tc target for heating operation. Change field setting 2-9 to the appropriate control.
Default value = 0 = Automatic. The refrigerant temperature is set depending on the outdoor ambient
conditions. As such adjusting the refrigerant temperature to match the required load (which is also related
to the outdoor ambient conditions). When system is operation in heating, no need as much heating under
high outdoor ambient temperatures (e.g. 68°F) as under low outdoor ambient temperatures (23°F). The
system automatically starts decreasing its refrigerant temperature, reducing the delivered capacity and
increasing the system’s efficiency.
Set 1 or 3: High Sensible. The refrigerant temperature is set higher/lower in heating compared to basic
operation. The focus under high sensible mode is comfort feeling for the customer. The selection method
of indoor units is important and has to be considered as the available capacity is not the same as under
basic operation.
setting 2-9- Te target
0 Auto (default)
1 106°F
3 109°F
6 115°F
Field Settings 125

Set 6: Basic. The refrigerant temperature is fixed to average indoor condensation temperature of 114.8°F,
independent from the situation. It corresponds to the standard operation which is known and can be
expected from/under previous VRV systems.
m2-12: Enable input “DTA104A61”: enable the low noise function and/or power consumption limitation. If
the system needs to be running under low noise operation or under power consumption limitation conditions
when an external signal is sent to the unit, this setting should be changed. This setting will only be effective when
the optional external control adaptor for outdoor unit (DTA104A61/62) is installed and the address set by DIP
switches on DTA104A61/62 corresponds to the address set on the outdoor unit(s) – set 2-.
Default value = 0.
To enable input from DTA104A61/62 change to 2-12-1.
m2-13: AIRNET address.

When an AIRNET system will be used, outdoor unit needs an AIRNET address.
Also to facilitate the recognition of a system in the map lay out of the service checker type III, set each
system a unique address between 1 and 63.
When duplicating of AIRNET address, “UC” error code will appear on central control.
m2-20: Manual refrigerant charge. To add the refrigerant amount in a manual way (without automatic
refrigerant charging functionality), following setting should be applied.
Default value = 0. Manual refrigerant charge is not performed.
Activate manual refrigerant charge: make setting 2-20 = 1. When the manual refrigerant charge is active,
indication on outdoor refer to “Startup”.
m2-21: Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming.

Default value = 0: recovery mode not active.
Set 1: outdoor and indoor electronic expansion valves are opened fully (except EV3 for PCM vessel).
Compressor(s) do not operate.
All controllers show “Test” + LED operation-ON, but indoor and outdoor unit fan do not operate.
Outdoor segment display indicates t 01.
By opening indoor and outdoor electronic expansion valves there is a free pathway to reclaim
remaining refrigerant out by using a refrigerant recovery unit to a refrigerant recovery bottle.
Prior to launch the recovery mode, ensure:
To vacuum all lines between service hoses – refrigerant recovery unit and recovery bottle.
Weight the refrigerant recovery bottle to know recovered amount when refrigerant recovery function is terminated.
To end the refrigerant recovery mode: press once button BS3. The 7 segment display returns to normal (= all OFF).
m2-22: Selection automatic low night noise operation level. The outdoor can switch automatically to a
pre-set low night noise operation level during night time judgement.
Default value = 0: Auto low night noise operation not active.
Set 1: use level 1,
Set 2: use level 2,
Set 3: use level 3.
Set period: refer to set 2-26 for start time and 2-27 for end time.
m2-25: Low night noise operation level when using external input to optional board DTA104A61/62.
If the system needs to be running under low noise operation conditions when an external signal is sent to
the unit, this setting defines the level of low noise that will be applied.
This setting will only be effective when the optional external control adaptor for outdoor unit DTA104A61/
62 is installed and the setting is enabled (mode 2-12-1).
When low night noise operation is actually performed, conditions if visible in mode 1 – code 1.
The low night noise operation will not be performed in one of following conditions:
Startup of system, or
During oil return, or
126 Field Settings

30 minutes after external input opened, or

Capacity priority setting is active (refer to mode 2-29-1) and limit condition is met.
Default value = 2: level 2.
low night noise operation level can be selected to 1, 2 or 3 (field setting 2-25 – 1, 2, 3).
m2-26: Start time automatic low night noise operation. When the auto-low night noise operation is active
(refer to field setting 2-22) outdoor will start when start time is reached time is reached. The time judgement is
taken from outdoor air tendency.
*:When the outdoor air temp. becomes highest,
the unit is sensed as 14:00
Capability%
100
50
Load%
0
58
Max.8dB reduced
(10HP)
sound dB
Operation
50
8:00 12:00 16:00 20:00 0:00 4:00 8:00
Night mode End

starts
Default value = 2: 22h00.
Field setting 1 = 20h00, 3 = 24h00 (midnight).
m2-27: Stop time automatic low night noise operation. When the auto-low night noise operation is active (refer to
field setting 2-22) outdoor will stop the low night noise operation level automatically when stop time is reached.
Default value = 3: 8h00.
Field setting 1 = 6h00, 3 = 7h00.
m2-28: Power transistor check mode. To evaluate the output of the power transistors. Use this function in
case error code is displayed related to defective inverter PCB or inverter compressor is locked.
Default value = 0: power transistor check mode is not active.
Field setting 1: power transistor check mode is active.
Function:
Inverter PCB gives output of 10 Hz in sequence by all 6 transistors. Remove the U/V/W terminals of
the inverter compressor, and connect to the inverter checker module. If all 6 LEDs blink, the
transistors switch correctly.
When the power transistor check mode is interrupted, after internal power circuit is disconnected on
the inverter PCB, 2 LEDs will light up to indicate discharge of the DC voltage. Wait till the LEDs are
OFF before returning fasten terminals back to the compressor terminals.
Minimum requirements to refer to the result on the inverter checker module:
All 3 phases and neutral are available, and
Inverter PCB control is active. Check if the green LED “HAP” on the inverter PCBs are blinking
normal (approx. 1/ second). If LEDs are OFF, need to exit the “standby mode” of the inverter:
Disconnect and reconnect power supply control PCB, or
Forced thermostat ON condition, or
Make shortly set 2-6-1 (forced thermostat ON indoor), or
2-20-1 (manual refrigerant charge).
Field Settings 127

Once the LED is blinking on the inverter PCB, change related setting immediately back to
set 0 to deactivate related function.
Diode module generates the required 500 VDC.
Cautions:
In case there is more than 1 compressor in a system (outdoor is 14 HP or larger, or multi outdoor
configuration) all compressor inverter PCBs will perform the power transistor check. In such case,
disconnect U/V/W fasten terminals on all compressors. Avoid accidental touch of fasten terminals
to short circuit or earth leak to casing.
To stop the power transistor check mode, change setting to default 2-28-0.
Output to U/V/W will also stop when control PCB decides standby mode of inverter circuit.
Next time graph shows the different steps during the power transistor check mode.
Switching sequence during power transistor check mode:
Power transistor check mode RXYQ-T

disconnect fasten U/V/W from compressor!
step1: Voltage Check 4 step 2:

mode 2 Magnet output mode 2 - code 28
sw. U-V-W Frequency set 02 01+"Return
code 28 = 10 Hz
set 01 02 K1M 2x OR exit mode 2
"Return" 2x ON ("mode" button)
±100
VAC
note∗
Check Check Check ±6 sec ±3 sec
1 2 3
Voltage
output Check 5
U-V-W
Magnet sw. Frequency = 240 Hz
K1M OFF ±170
VAC
note∗ ±60 VAC
±3 sec note∗
±30 sec
Check 1 : AC power input (connector X10A on A2P=inverter comp.) 380-415V unbalance
max.2%.
Check 2 : relay "K1M" on inverter PCB switches : check DC voltage on P&N increase to
±500VDC.
Check 3 : DC = 1.42 x VAC power supply L1-L3 : check at connector X3A (8-12HP), or
X5,6A (14-20HP).
Check 4 : AC UVW 10Hz intermediate : check difference within 10V (at fasten U/V/W)
Check 5 : AC UVW 240Hz continuous output while voltage drop (discharge capacitors DC)
check difference between UVW within 10 V. 2 LEDs (V phase) brightness reduce
till of.
∗note : actual voltage value depends on meter characteristics
m2-29: Capacity priority. When the low night noise operation is in use, performance of system might drop
because airflow rate of outdoor unit is reduced.
Default value = 0: capacity priority cannot be used.
Field setting 1: capacity priority can temporary cancel the low night noise operation. Capacity priority can
be initiated when certain operation parameters approach the safety setting:
Raise in high pressure during cooling.
Drop in low pressure during heating.
Raise of discharge pipe temperature.
Raise of inverter current.
Raise of fin temperature inverter PCB.
128 Field Settings

When operation parameters return to normal range, the capacity priority is switched OFF, enable to
reduce airflow rate depending on low night noise operation is still required (end time for low night noise
operation is not reached or external input low night noise operation is still closed).
If capacity priority is set in
Operation "Capacity priority setting", the fan
sound speed will be increased Time set with "Low night noise
Time set with "Low night noise according to the load of air operation end setting"
Rated operation start setting" conditioning when load is heavier.
operation
sound
Operation ∗Night-time
sound
of mode 1
Operation ∗Low noise
sound ∗Operation sound mode mode instructing
of mode 2 set with "Low night noise
Operation operation setting"
sound Low noise mode ∗Operation sound set with
of mode 3 instructing "External low noise setting"
Operation sound set with
"External low noise setting"
20:00 22:00 24:00 6:00 7:00 8:00
Set with "Low night noise operation start setting". Set with "Low night noise operation end setting".
(Factory setting is "22:00".) (Factory setting is "8:00".)
m2-30: Power consumption limitation level 1. If the system needs to be running under power consumption
limitation conditions via the external control adaptor for outdoor unit DTA104A61/62. This setting defines the
level power consumption limitation that will be applied for level 1. The level is according the table.
Default = 3: 70%
Field setting:
setting 2-30 current limit set %
1 60
2 65
3 70 (default)
4 75
5 80
6 85
7 90
8 95
m2-31: Power consumption limitation level 2. If the system needs to be running under power consumption
limitation conditions via the external control adaptor for outdoor unit DTA104A61/62. This setting defines the
level power consumption limitation that will be applied for level 2. The level is according the table.
Default = 1: 40%
Field setting:
setting 2-31 current limit set %
1 40 (default)
2 50
3 55
m2-35: Level outdoor below indoor > 131ft 2-3/4 m. When outdoor units are located more than 40 m below
highest located indoor unit, in heating mode target condensation needs to be increased to raise liquid
pressure.
Default = 1: standard Tc value,
Field setting: 0 = adjust Tc value. Do not use set 2 ~ 7!
Field Settings 129

m2-38: Emergency operation “Master”. To disable permanent compressor operation: in case of single
module or “Master” unit of a multi outdoor system, this setting allows:
Default value = 0: compressor operation enabled.
Field setting:
Set 1: inverter 1 compressor is disabled.
Set 2: inverter 2 compressor is disabled. Only to make in case of 14·16 HP.
Note that compressor 2 is left side located.
Set 3: all compressors in this master module are disabled permanent.
m2-39: Emergency operation “Slave 1”. To disable permanent compressor operation of “Slave 1” unit of a
multi outdoor system (RXYQ-T):
Field setting:
Set 2: inverter 2 compressor is disabled. Only to make in case of 14·16 HP. Note that compressor 2 is
left side located.
m2-40: Emergency operation “Slave 2”. To disable permanent compressor operation of “Slave 2” unit of a
multi outdoor system (RXYQ-T):
Field setting:
Set 2: inverter 2 compressor is disabled. Only to make in case of 14·16 HP. Note that compressor 2 is
left side located.
Combination table setting 2-38, 2-39 and 2-40:

Master/
disable Slave 1 Slave 2
individual
compressor 1 2-38-1 2-39-1 2-40-1
compressor 2 2-38-2 2-39-2 2-40-2
module 2-38-3 2-39-3 2-40-3
m2-51: Master/Slave setting Multi. When 2 or 3 modules are installed as a multi-outdoor (by common
refrigerant piping and wiring by terminals Q1Q2) configuration is automatically detected. In certain cases, the
sequence of the slave units need to be set manually (in case of AIRNET monitoring).
Default value = 0: Automatic detection.
Field setting: ensure that the modules in a multi are set different status. Even some modules in a multi are
set manually to same status, U7 error will appear.
1 = forced “Master” (F1F2/Ind terminals should be connected to indoor units).
2 = forced “Slave 1” (only Q1Q2 terminals should be wired to “Master” module).
3 = forced “Slave 2” (only Q1Q2 terminals should be wired to “Master” module).
m2-81: Cooling comfort setting. The comfort level is related to the timing and the effort (power consumption)
which is put in achieving a certain room temperature by changing temporally the refrigerant temperature to
different values in order to achieve requested conditions more quickly.
Default value = 1: “Mild”. Undershoot during cooling operation is allowed compared to the requested
refrigerant temperature, in order to achieve the required room temperature very fast. The undershoot is
not allowed from the startup moment. The startup occurs under the condition which is defined by the
operation mode. In case of cooling operation the evaporating temperature is allowed to go down to 42.8°F
on temporary base depending on the situation. When the request from the indoor units becomes more
moderate, the system will eventually go to the steady state condition which is defined by the operation
method above. The startup condition is different from the powerful and quick comfort setting.
130 Field Settings

Field setting:
0 = “Eco”. The original refrigerant temperature target, which is defined by the Te setting (field setting 2-
8) in cooling mode, is kept without any correction, unless for protection control.
2 = “Quick”. Undershoot during cooling operation is allowed compared to the requested refrigerant
temperature, in order to achieve the required room temperature very fast. The overshoot is allowed
from the start up moment. In case of cooling operation the evaporating temperature is allowed to go
down to 42.8°F on temporary base depending on the situation. When the request from the indoor units
becomes more moderate, the system will eventually go to the steady state condition which is defined
by the operation method above.
3 = “Powerful”. Undershoot during cooling operation is allowed compared to the requested refrigerant
from the start up moment. In case of cooling operation the evaporating temperature is allowed to go
down to 37.4°F on temporary base depending on the situation. This setting is used in conjunction with
setting [2-8].
The graph below shows the different patterns of target Te according to setting 2-81 “cooling comfort
setting”.
Refrigerant temperature
Target Powerful mode
Te
Quick mode
Mild mode
Te 42.8˚F
Te 37.4˚F
time
m2-82: Heating comfort setting. The comfort level is related to the timing and the effort (power consumption)
which is put in achieving a certain room temperature by changing temporally the refrigerant temperature to
different values in order to achieve requested conditions more quickly.
Default value = 1: “Mild”. Overshooting during heating operation is allowed compared to the requested
refrigerant temperature, in order to achieve the required room temperature very fast. The overshoot is not
allowed from the startup moment. The startup occurs under the condition which is defined by the operation
mode. In case of heating operation the condense temperature is allowed to go up to 114.8°F on temporary
base depending on the situation. When the request from the indoor units becomes more moderate, the
system will eventually go to the steady state condition which is defined by the operation method above.
The startup condition is different from the powerful and quick comfort setting.
Field setting:
0 = “Eco”. The original refrigerant temperature target, which is defined by the Tc setting (field setting 2-
9) in heating mode, is kept without any correction, unless for protection control.
2 = “Quick”. Overshoot during heating operation is allowed compared to the requested refrigerant
from the start up moment. In case of heating operation the condense temperature is allowed to go up
to 114.8°F on temporary base depending on the situation. When the request from the indoor units
becomes more moderate, the system will eventually go to the steady state condition which is defined
by the operation method above.
3 = “Powerful”. The overshoot is allowed from the start up moment. In case of heating operation the
condense temperature is allowed to go up to 120.2°F on temporary base depending on the situation.
This setting is used in conjunction with setting [2-9].
Field Settings 131

m2-83: Allocation of cool/heat master logic. When system contains VRV DX indoor and RA indoor
(through BP units), it is required to assign the cool/heat change over logic to follow.
Default value = 1: RA cool/heat master logic. Any RA indoor unit that is switched first, is assigned as cool/
heat master as long this unit is in operation (regardless thermostat status). Only when this indoor unit is
switched OFF operation (by remote controller), other indoor unit can become cool/heat master:
Priority is given to indoor unit operating in the same mode as the previous cool/heat master switched
OFF operation.
Only no more indoor unit operate in the same mode as the previous cool/heat master, other RA indoor
unit can become cool/heat master to switch to the other operation mode.
RA indoor unit that is operating, but demanding the other operation mode set by the cool/heat master,
enters the “stand-by mode”: operation LED blinks.
VRV indoor unit change the operation mode immediately when outdoor unit receives change of
operation mode from the current cool/heat master RA indoor unit.
Field Setting: 0 = VRV cool/heat master logic.
At time of first startup, or when cool/heat master was released, one of connected VRV DX indoor unit
can be assigned cool/heat master. The symbol “locked cool/heat selector” blinks. In case of
wireless controller kit is used, the green clock LED blinks on the receiver.
Confirm cool/heat master to a VRV DX indoor unit: press once the cool/heat selector button on
the remote controller of the indoor unit to be set as cool/heat master.
m2-84: Initial opening electronic expansion valve BP unit heating thermostat-ON:

Default value = 0: 400 pulses.
Field setting: 1 = 500 pulses, 2 = 600 pulses, 3 = 300 pulses.
m2-85: Automatic leak detection interval time. VRV IV outdoor can perform on a preset interval a leak
detection. It is required to activate the “automatic leak detection” by field setting 2-86.
Default value = 0: 365 days.
Field setting: 1-6.
Days between automatic
Setting 2-85- refrigerant leak detection
0 365 (default)
1 180
2 90
3 60
4 30
5 7
6 1
m2-86: Automatic leak detection activation: the refrigerant leak detection judgement can be performed
once in set days or every period set days. The interval is set by 2-85 (reference above). Each time when the
automatic leak detection function was executed the system will stay idle until it is restarted by thermo. ON
request or by next scheduled action.
Default value = 0.
Field setting:
1 = once in set days.
2 = every set days.
132 Field Settings

m2-88: Gathering detailed refrigerant information during test run. To have the refrigerant leak function
available, the VRV IV outdoor needs to run a prolonged test-run to calculate the total refrigerant charge and
the related operation conditions at several target evaporating temperatures. The control uses following
parameters: condensing temperature, evaporating temperature, discharge pipe temperature, frequency step,
opening degree electronic expansion valves, indoor type and size, pipe length estimation during step 7 of test
operation.
Default value = 0: detailed data collection enabled.
Field setting: 1 = test run without detailed data collection.
m2-90: Indoor unit without power U4 error generation. In case an indoor unit needs maintenance or repair
on the electric side, it is possible to keep the rest of the VRV DX indoor units operating without power supply
to some indoor unit(s).
Default value = 0: not active.
Field setting: 1 = possible for operate system when some indoor units are temporary without power
supply. Following conditions need to fulfil:
Maximum equivalent piping length of the farthest indoor less than 120 m.
Index indoor units power simultaneously less than 30% of the nominal outdoor.
Total capacity is less than 30% of the nominal one of the outdoor unit.
Operation time is limited to 24 hours period.
It is recommended to shut down connected indoor units at the same floor.
Not possible to use service mode operation (e.g. recovery mode).
Backup operation has priority over this special feature.
Field Settings 133

Procedure and Outline SiUS341413EA
5. Procedure and Outline

Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
5.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply ON

Check that the installation work for the indoor and outdoor units has been performed in accordance with the
instructions in the Installation Manual.
{ Is the wiring performed as specified?

Check the below items.
{ Are the branch switches and earth leakage circuit breakers wired correctly?
• Power wiring
{ Is the designated wire used?
• Control transmission wiring
{ Is the wiring screw of wiring not loose?
between units
{ Is the grounding work completed?
• Earth wire
{ Is the insulation of the main power supply circuit deteriorated?
• Branch switch
Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation. (∗1)
• Earth leakage circuit breaker
• Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 400V or 200V circuit.
∗1: Measure to be taken against decreased insulation resistance in the
compressor
If the compressor is left to stand for
Terminal
an extended period of time after the
refrigerant charge with the stop
valve open and the power supply Dryer
OFF, the refrigerant may be mixed in (1000W)
2 in.
the compressor, thus decreasing the
insulation resistance. Heat the left side of the
Heat the compressor as shown on terminal for a period of
approximately 15 minutes.
the right and then recheck the
insulation.
Check on refrigerant piping / { Is the pipe size proper? Are the design pressures for the gas pipe and
insulation materials liquid pipe more than 580psi?
{ Is the pipe insulation material installed securely?
Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes water leak.)
Check air tight test and vacuum { Have the air tight test and the vacuum drying been conducted according to
drying. the procedure in the Installation Manual?
Check on amount of additional { Is a proper quantity of refrigerant charged?

refrigerant charge • When the refrigerant level is insufficient, leave the liquid and gas stop
valves closed and charge with liquid refrigerant via the liquid stop valve
service port. (∗ Do not charge via the gas stop valve service port. Doing
so will result in error.)
{ Is the amount of additional refrigerant charge recorded in the [Service
Precaution] label?
Check the stop valves for { Check to be sure the stop valves are under the following conditions.
conditions. Liquid side stop valve Gas side stop valve
Open Open
134 Field Settings

SiUS341413EA Procedure and Outline
5.2 Turn Power ON

Turn outdoor unit and indoor { Be sure to turn the power ON 6 hours before starting operation to
unit power ON. protect compressors. (to power ON crankcase heater)
Check the 7 segment display of { Check to be sure the transmission is normal.

the outdoor unit PCB. In a normal condition, the 7-segment display is OFF. Please refer to the
following figure for other states.
OFF
Light up
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3

Blinking
Power switched ON
initial check
Normal Abnormal
Initialisation in
progress
Main error code Switching

alternative
1 second
Initialisation
terminated
(normal)
Sub error code
(∗) The master unit is the outdoor unit to which the transmission wiring for
the indoor units is connected.
The other outdoor units are slave units.
{ Make field settings if needed.

Make field settings with outdoor
(For the setting procedure, refer to information in "3. List of Field Setting
unit PCB.
Items" on P.95 onward.)
For the outdoor-multi system, make field settings with the master unit.
(Field settings made with the slave unit will be all invalid.)
Conduct check operations. The check operations shown below will be automatically initiated.
• Check for erroneous wirings
• Check for failure to open stop valves
• Check for excessive refrigerant refilling
• Automatic judgement of piping length
{ Before starting the normal operation after the completion of check

Check for normal operation.
operations, make sure indoor and outdoor units normally operate.
Field Settings 135

5.3 Charging Refrigerant

5.3.1 Precautions
• Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed.
Note: • Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the air tight test and the vacuum drying.
• When charging a system, care shall be taken that its maximum permissible charge is never exceeded, in view
of the danger of liquid hammer.
• Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents, so always ensure that the
appropriate refrigerant R410A is charged.
• Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
• Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant.
• When the refrigerant system is to be opened, refrigerant must be treated according to the applicable
legislation.
Electric Shock Warning

Warning
• To avoid compressor breakdown. Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified amount.
• This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe lengths some
systems require additional charging of refrigerant.
• In case additional refrigerant charging is required, refer to the nameplate of the unit.
It states the type of refrigerant and necessary amount.
5.3.2 Calculating the Additional Refrigerant Charge

How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged
Additional refrigerant to be charged = R (lb). R should be rounded off in units of 0.1 kg.
R = [(X1 × φ7/8) × 0.36 + (X2 × φ3/4) × 0.26 + (X3 × φ5/8) × 0.17 + (X4 × φ1/2) × 0.11 + (X5 × φ3/8) × 0.057 + (X6
× φ1/4) × 0.022 ] + A + B
X1...6 = Total length (in.) of liquid piping size at φa
A parameter Total indoor unit HP
(lb) capacity CR(a) 6-8 10-12 14-18 20
Piping length 50% ≤ CR ≤ 105% 0 1.1
≤ 98ft 5-1/8 in. 105% < CR ≤ 130% 1.1 2.2
50% ≤ CR ≤ 7 0% 0 1.1
Piping length 70% < CR ≤ 85% 0.66 1.1 2.2
> 98ft 5-1/8 in. 85% < CR ≤ 105% 1.5 2.2 3.3
105% < CR ≤ 130% 2.6 3.3 4.4
(a) CR = Connection ratio.
Piping length is considered the distance from the outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit.
When using metric piping, please take into account following table concerning the weight factor to be allocated. It
should be substituted in the formula for R.
Inch piping
size (φ) (in.) Weight factor
φ1/4" 0.022
φ3/8" 0.057
φ1/2" 0.11
φ5/8" 0.17
φ3/4" 0.26
φ7/8" 0.36
136 Field Settings

When selecting indoor unit, following table with connection ratio limitation has to be respected. More detailed
information can be found in engineering data.
Total Allowable capacity connection ratio
Used indoor capacity
units
CR(a) VRV RA
VRV 50-130% 50-200% —
VRV + RA 80-130% 0-130% 0-130%
RA 80-130% — 80-130%
(a) Connection ratio.
5.3.3 Method for adding Refrigerant

Flow chart
Step 1
• Calculate additional refrigerant
charge amount: R (lb) (refer to
“5.3.2 Calculating the
Additional Refrigerant Charge”
on P.136
Step 4a
Step 2 + 3 • Close valve A
R<Q • Open valve A to field piping via R=Q
Refrigerant overcharge happened • Charging is finished
• Recover refrigerant to reach liquid stop valve • Fill in the amount on the
R=Q • Execute pre-charging amount: additional refrigerant charge
• Go to step 4a Q (lb) label
• Close valve A if no additional • Go to test operation
refrigerant can be charged
R>Q
A
Step 4b + 5
Manual refrigerant charging
method (in cooling operation)
Step 6
Activate field setting [2-20] = 1
Unit will start manual refrigerant
charging operation.
Step 6
• Open valve B
• Charge remaining amount of
refrigerant P(lb)
R=Q+P
Step 6
• Close valve B
• Press BS3 to stop manual
charging
• Charging is finished
• Fill in the amount on the
additional refrigerant charge
label
• Go to test operation
Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state. Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant,
adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.
Field Settings 137

• Before charging, check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or not.
Charge the liquid Charge the liquid
refrigerant with the refrigerant with the
cylinder in upright cylinder in upside-down
position. position.
• Be sure to use tools exclusively for R410A to ensure required pressure resistance and to prevent foreign
materials from mixing into the system.
Caution
• When the refrigerant charging procedure is done or when pausing, close the valve of the refrigerant tank
immediately. If the tank is left with the valve open, the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged may
get off point. More refrigerant may be charged by any remaining pressure after the unit has stopped.
Note:
• If the power of some units is turned OFF, the charging procedure cannot be finished properly.
• In case of a multiple outdoor system, turn ON the power of all outdoor units.
• Make sure to turn ON the power 6 hours before starting the operation. This is necessary to warm the
crankcase by the electric heater.
• If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the indoor and outdoor units are turned ON, the
compressor will not operate before the communication is established in a correct way between outdoor
unit(s) and indoor units.
• Before starting charging procedures, check if the segment display indication of the outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
is as normal (refer to "Retrieve Data by Using BS Button Outdoor Main Control PCB" on P.110). If an error
code is present, refer to "2.3 Error Code and Description" on P.152.
• Make sure all connected indoor units are recognized
• Close the front panel before any refrigerant charge operation is executed. Without the front panel attached
the unit cannot judge correctly whether it is operating properly or not.
Note:
In case of maintenance and the system (outdoor unit+field piping+indoor units) does not contain any
refrigerant any more (e.g., after refrigerant reclaim operation), the unit has to be charged with its original
amount of refrigerant (refer to the nameplate on the unit) by pre-charging before the automatic charging
function can be started.
Charging method
As explained during vacuum drying method, once vacuum drying is finished, additional refrigerant charging
can start.
Adding refrigerant by using the manual refrigerant charging function. Refer to "Adding refrigerant by using the
manual charging function" on P.140. This method uses a manual method for charging refrigerant.
A flow chart is available which gives an overview of the possibilities and actions to be taken (refer to
" Flow chart" on P.137).
To speed up the process of pre-charging refrigerant for large systems, it is recommended to first charge a
portion of the refrigerant before performing charging. This step is included in the following procedure. This
step can be skipped, charging will take longer in such a case.
Follow the steps as described in the following and take into account whether you want to use the automatic
charge function or not.
1. Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant to be added using the formula mentioned in "5.3.2
Calculating the Additional Refrigerant Charge" on P.136.
138 Field Settings

2. The first 22.05lb of additional refrigerant can be charged without outdoor unit operation.
If the additional refrigerant amount is smaller than 22.05lb, perform the pre-charging procedure as
explained in the following step 3 and 4a.
If the additional refrigerant charge is larger than 22.05lb, perform step 3 till the end of the procedure.
3. Pre-charging can be done without compressor running by connecting the refrigerant bottle only to the
liquid stop valve service port (open valve A). Make sure that the stop valves are closed (valve B+liquid
line stop valve+gas line stop valve
3 6 6 6
4
5
2 A
7
1 B 8
11
9
10
1 Measuring instrument
2 Refrigerant R410A tank (siphon system)
3 Charge hose
4 Gas line stop valve
5 Liquid line stop valve
6 Outdoor unit
7 To indoor unit
8 Stop valve
9 Field piping
10 Gas flow
11 Stop valve service port
A Valve A
B Valve B
4. a) If the calculated additional refrigerant amount is reached by above pre-charging procedure, close
valve A.
b) If the total amount of refrigerant could not be charged by pre-charging, then close valve A and go to
step 5. Follow step 6 depending on the chosen charging method.
INFORMATION
If the total additional refrigerant amount was reached in step 4 (by pre-charging only), record the amount of
refrigerant that was added on the additional refrigerant charge label provided with the unit and attach it on
the back side of the front panel.
Perform the test procedure as described in "1. Test Operation" on P.77.
5. After pre-charging, perform the refrigerant charge operation as shown in the following and charge the
remaining refrigerant of the additional charging amount through valve B. Open the liquid and gas side
stop valves. Valves A and B must remain closed!
INFORMATION
For a multi outdoor unit system, it is not required to connect all charge ports to a refrigerant tank.
The refrigerant will be charged with ±48.51lb in 1 hour time at an outdoor air temperature of 86°F DB or with
±13.23lb at an outdoor air temperature of 32°F DB.
If you need to speed up in case of a multiple outdoor system, connect the refrigerant tanks to each outdoor
unit.
Note:
• The unit's internal piping is already factory charged with refrigerant, so be careful when connecting the
charge hose.
• After adding the refrigerant, do not forget to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port. The tightening
torque for the lid is 8.48 to 10.25 lb-ft.
• In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take the compressor ±10 minutes to start up after
the unit has started operation. This is not an error.
Field Settings 139

Adding refrigerant by using the manual charging function

6.The remaining additional refrigerant charge can be charged by operating the outdoor unit by means of the
manual refrigerant charge operation mode:
• Turn ON the power of the indoor units and outdoor unit.
• Take all the precautions mentioned in "startup and configuration" into account.
• Activate outdoor unit setting [2-20]=1 to start manual refrigerant charge mode.
Result: The unit will start operation. Valve B can be opened. Charging of remaining additional
refrigerant can be done. When the remaining calculated additional refrigerant amount is added, close
valve B and press BS3 to stop the manual refrigerant charging procedure.
INFORMATION
• The manual refrigerant charge operation will automatically stop within 30 minutes. If charging is not
completed after 30 minutes, perform the additional refrigerant charging operation again.
• When an error is detected during the procedure (e.g., in case of closed stop valve), an error code will be
displayed. In that case, refer to "2.3 Error Code and Description" on P.152 and solve the error accordingly.
Resetting the error can be done by pushing BS3. The procedure can be restarted from 6B).
• Aborting the manual refrigerant charge is possible by pushing BS3. The unit will stop and return to idle
condition.
Checks after adding refrigerant

• Are the stop valves for liquid and gas open?
• Is the amount of refrigerant, that has been added, recorded on the refrigerant charge label?
Note:
Make sure to open all stop valves after (pre-) charging the refrigerant.
Operating with the stop valves closed will damage the compressor.
140 Field Settings

SiUS341413EA
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting ...........................................................143
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...................................................146
2.1 Mode Access Operation ........................................................................... 146
2.2 Procedure of Self-diagnosis by Remote Controller .................................. 148
2.3 Error Code and Description...................................................................... 152
2.4 Error Codes - Sub Codes ......................................................................... 154
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ........................155
3.1 PCB Abnormality ...................................................................................... 155
3.2 Detection of Earth Leakage by Leak Detection PCB Assy....................... 156
3.3 Missing of Earth Leakage Detection Core................................................ 157
3.4 Actuation of High Pressure Switch ........................................................... 158
3.5 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor ........................................................... 160
3.6 INV. Compressor Motor Lock ................................................................... 162
3.7 Compressor Damage Alarm..................................................................... 164
3.8 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality........................................................ 166
3.9 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality........................................... 170
3.10 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 172
3.11 Wet Alarm................................................................................................. 174
3.12 Refrigerant Overcharged.......................................................................... 176
3.13 Harness Abnormality (between Control PCB and Inverter PCB) ............. 177
3.14 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Abnormality............................................. 178
3.15 Thermistor Abnormality ............................................................................ 180
3.16 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................... 182
3.17 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality ........................................................... 184
3.18 Inverter PCB Abnormality......................................................................... 186
3.19 Reactor Temperature Rise Abnormality ................................................... 188
3.20 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality ............................. 189
3.21 INV. Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent .......................................... 190
3.22 INV. Compressor Overcurrent.................................................................. 192
3.23 INV. Compressor Startup Abnormality ..................................................... 194
3.24 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB ........................... 197
3.25 Power Supply Voltage Imbalance ............................................................ 199
3.26 Reactor Temperature Abnormality ........................................................... 201
3.27 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality ..................................... 202
3.28 Field Setting after Replacing Outdoor Unit Main PCB Abnormality or
Combination of PCB Abnormality............................................................. 204
3.29 Refrigerant Shortage ................................................................................ 206
3.30 Reverse Phase, Open Phase................................................................... 207
3.31 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality ......................... 208
3.32 Check Operation is not Executed............................................................. 211
3.33 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units.................. 212
Service Diagnosis 141

SiUS341413EA
3.34 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............. 215
3.35 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units ............................................. 216
3.36 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............. 222
3.37 Transmission Error between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System .......................................................... 223
Indoor Units and Remote Controller......................................................... 224
3.39 Address Duplication of Centralized Control Equipment ........................... 228
3.40 Transmission Error between Centralized Control Equipment and
Indoor Unit................................................................................................ 229
3.41 System is not Set yet................................................................................ 232
3.42 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ................. 233
3.43 Check ....................................................................................................... 235
142 Service Diagnosis

SiUS341413EA Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
No. Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure
1 The system does not start operation at all. Blowout of fuse(s) Turn OFF the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
Cutout of breaker(s) • If the knob of any breaker is in its
ON OFF position, turn ON the power
Knob supply.
Tripped • If the knob of any circuit breaker
is in its tripped position, do not
OFF turn ON the power supply.
Circuit breaker
Power failure After the power failure is reset,
restart the system.
2 The system starts operation but makes an Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
immediate stop. or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
3 The system does not cool or heat air well. Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
Enclosed outdoor unit(s) Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Airflow rate set to "LOW" Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.
Open window(s) or door(s) Shut it tightly.
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a The model must be selected to
room match the air conditioning load.
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
4 The system does The system stops and If the OPERATION lamp on the Normal operation. The system will
not operate. immediately restarts operation. remote controller turns ON, the automatically start operation after
system will be normal. These a lapse of 5 minutes.
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST symptoms indicate that the system
button immediately resets the is controlled so as not to put
system. unreasonable loads on the system.
The remote controller displays The system is controlled with Operate the system using the
"UNDER CENTRALIZED centralized control equipment. COOL/HEAT central remote
CONTROL", which blinks for a Blinking display indicates that the controller.
period of several seconds when system cannot be operated using
the OPERATION button is the remote controller.
depressed.
The system stops immediately The system is in preparation mode Wait for a period of approximately
after turning ON the power of micro-computer operation. 1 minute.
supply.
5 The system The remote controller displays The system stops due to an Remove causes of electrical
makes error codes "U4" and "U5", and interruption in communication noises.
intermittent the system stops but restarts between units caused by electrical If these causes are removed, the
stops. after a lapse of several minutes. noises coming from equipment system will automatically restart
other than air conditioners. operation.
6 COOL-HEAT The remote controller displays This remote controller has no Use a remote controller with option
selection is "UNDER CENTRALIZED option to select cooling operation. to select cooling operation.
disabled. CONTROL".
The remote controller displays COOL-HEAT selection is made Use the COOL-HEAT selection
"UNDER CENTRALIZED using the COOL-HEAT selection remote controller to select cool or
CONTROL", and the COOL- remote controller. heat.
HEAT selection remote
controller is provided.

Symptom-based Troubleshooting SiUS341413EA

7 The system This symptom occurs The system is in preparation mode Wait for a period of approximately
conducts fan immediately after turning ON of operation. 10 minutes.
operation but not the power supply.
cooling operation
or heating
operation.
8 The airflow rate is Even pressing the AIRFLOW In heating operation, when the Normal operation.
not reproduced RATE SET button makes no room temperature reaches the set
according to the changes in the airflow rate. degree, the outdoor unit will stop
setting. while the indoor unit is brought to
fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation mode
is selected when other indoor unit
is in heating operation, the system
will be brought to fan LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
9 The airflow The airflow direction is not Automatic control Normal operation.
direction is not corresponding to that displayed
reproduced on the remote controller.
according to the The flap does not swing.
setting.
10 A white mist <Indoor unit> Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
comes out from In cooling, the ambient humidity due to heavy stain of the inside of
the system. is high. the indoor unit.
(This indoor unit is installed in a
place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit> Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the Normal operation.
Immediately after cooling indoor unit results to be vapor from
operation stopping, the outdoor the unit.
air temperature and ambient
humidity are low.
<Indoor and outdoor units> Defrosted moisture turns to be Normal operation.
After the completion of vapor and comes out from the
defrosting operation, the units.
system is switched to heating
operation.

SiUS341413EA Symptom-based Troubleshooting

11 The system <Indoor unit> These are operating sounds of the Normal operation.
produces Immediately after turning ON electronic expansion valve of the This sound becomes low after a
sounds. the power supply, indoor unit indoor unit. lapse of approximately 1 minute.
produces "ringing" sounds.
<Indoor and outdoor units> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
"Hissing" sounds are gas (refrigerant) flowing
continuously produced while in respectively through the indoor
cooling or defrosting operation. and outdoor units.
<Indoor and outdoor units> These sounds are produced when Normal operation.
"Hissing" sounds are produced the gas (refrigerant) stops or
immediately after the startup or changes flowing.
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
<Indoor unit> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
Faint sounds are continuously the drain discharge device in
produced while in cooling operation.
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit> These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
"Creaking" sounds are resin parts expanding and
produced while in heating contracting with temperature
operation or after stopping the changes.
operation.
<Indoor unit> On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
Sounds like "trickling" or the like are produced when other indoor
are produced from indoor units units in operation. The reason is
in the stopped state. that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
<Outdoor unit> The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
Pitch of operating sounds changes the operating frequency.
changes.
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
from the system. system when it restarts after the inside of indoor unit, is blown out
stop for an extended period of from the system.
time.
13 Odors come out In operation Odors of room, cigarettes or else The inside of the indoor unit should
from the system. adsorbed to the inside of indoor be cleaned.
unit are blown out.
14 Outdoor unit fan In operation The reason is that fan revolutions Normal operation.
does not rotate. are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON The reason is that the system is Normal operation.
appears on the the power supply checking to be sure the remote This code is displayed for a period
remote controller. controller is normal. of approximately 1 minute at
maximum.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or Normal operation.
compressor or refrigerant from dwelling. It stops after a lapse of
the outdoor unit approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
fan does not stop.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
hot. is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
18 Hot air comes out Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity of Normal operation.
from the system stops. refrigerant is fed to indoor units in
even though it the stopped state when other
stops. indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry Change the system to cooling
not cool air well. operation serves not to reduce the operation.
room temperature where possible.

Troubleshooting by Remote Controller SiUS341413EA
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller

2.1 Mode Access Operation
2.1.1 BRC1D71
The following modes can be selected by using the [INSPECTION/TEST Operation] button on the
remote controller.
Depress INSPECTION/TEST Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made Service data can be obtained.
• Filter sign time Field • Error code history
setting Service
• Airflow direction mode • Temperature data of various sections
• Others mode Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Airflow direction/Airflow rate setting
Depress INSPECTION/TEST Operation
Press INSPECTION/TEST Operation button once.
button for more than 4 seconds.
Normal
mode
Press INSPECTION/TEST Operation button once.
Press INSPECTION/TEST Operation
Or after 30 minutes
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.

• Error codes Test
• Indoor model code Inspection operation Thermostat is forcibly turned ON.
• Outdoor model code mode mode
Press INSPECTION/TEST Operation

button once.

SiUS341413EA Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.1.2 BRC1E72
Main Menu 1/2 <Main Menu>
• Airflow Direction
Airflow Direction
• Ventilation
Ventilation
• Schedule
Schedule
• Off Timer
Off Timer
• Celsius / Fahrenheit
Celsius / Fahrenheit
• Filter Auto Clean
Maintenance Information
• Maintenance Information
Setting
• Configuration
Main Menu screen • Current Settings
• Clock & Calendar
<Basic Screen> • Daylight Saving Time
• Operation mode changeover • Language
• Fan speed control Press Press Cancel
• Menu display Menu/OK button once.
• Confirmation of each setting button once.
• On
• Off
• Cancel
• Operation lamp
Press Cancel button Press Cancel

for 4 seconds or more. button once.
Basic screen
Press Cancel
button once.
Press Cancel button
for 4 seconds or more.
Service Settings screen Maintenance Menu screen
<Service Settings> <Maintenance Menu>

• Test Operation • Model Name
• Maintenance Contact • Operation Hours
• Field Settings • Indoor Unit Status
• Energy Saving Options • Outdoor Unit Status
• Prohibit Function • Forced Defrost
• Min Setpoints Differential • Error Display
• Group Address • Swap Unit No.
• Indoor unit AirNet Address • Addressed Sensor Value
• Outdoor unit AirNet Address
• Error History
• Indoor Unit Status
• Outdoor Unit Status
• Forced Fan ON
• Switch Main Sub Controller
• Filter Indicator
• Test Filter Auto Clean
• Brush / Filter Ind.
• Disable Filter Auto Clean

2.2 Procedure of Self-diagnosis by Remote Controller

2.2.1 Wired Remote Controller — BRC1D71
If operation stops due to error, the remote controller’s operation LED blinks, and error code is
displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, error contents are displayed when the inspection
mode is entered.) The error code enables you to tell what kind of error caused operation to stop.
Refer to P.152 for error code and error contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for

UNIT No.
which an error has been
detected GROUP
SETTING
Inspection display
Error code
INSPECTION/TEST button
Note:
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.
2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of 5 seconds or more
will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display, the error
code will blink twice and then change to “00” (= Normal), the Unit No. will change to “0”, and the
operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal mode (displaying the set
temperature).

2.2.2 Wired Remote Controller — BRC1E72

The following will be displayed on the screen when an error (or a warning) occurs during operation.
Check the error code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
(1) Checking an error or warning

Operation Status Display
The operation lamp (green) starts to

Abnormal The system stops blink. The message "Error: Push Menu
shutdown operating. button" will appear and blink at the
bottom of the screen.
The operation lamp (green) remains on.

The system continues its The message "Warning: Push Menu
Warning operation. button" will appear and blink at the
bottom of the screen.
(2) Taking corrective action
· Press the Menu/OK button to check the error code. Error code
FCQ18PAVJU
RZR18PVJU Applicable
· Take the corrective action specific to the model. model names

2.2.3 Wireless Remote Controller

If unit stops due to an error, the operation indicating LED on the signal receiving part of indoor unit blinks.
The error code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The error code is displayed
when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the error code of the last problem is displayed.)
1 Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “inspection”. The

equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication is displayed
and the Unit No. display shows blinking “0” indication.
2 Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the
buzzer (∗1) is generated from the indoor unit.
∗1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps: Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep: Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains
ON. The continuous buzzer indicates that the error code
is confirmed.
Continuous beep: No abnormality.
3 Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the error code blinks.
4 Error code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code upper digit until
the error code matching buzzer (∗2) is generated.
The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and
DOWN buttons are pressed.
0 A CEH FJ LPU987 654

"UP" button "DOWN" button
∗2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep: Both upper and lower digits matched.
(Error code confirmed)
2 short beeps: Upper digit matched.
1 short beep: Lower digit matched.
5 Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the error code blinks.
6 Error code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code lower digit until
the continuous error code matching buzzer (∗2) is generated.
The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and
DOWN buttons are pressed.
0 1 234 567 89 AH CJ E F
"UP" button "DOWN" button

Normal status
Enters inspection mode from normal status
when the INSPECTION/TEST button is pressed.
1 Press INSPECTION/TEST button.
If no button is pressed for 1

minute, equipment returns to
normal status.
3
Press MODE
selector button.
When MODE selector button is
pressed or no button is pressed for 1
minute, equipment returns to normal
status.
If no button is pressed for 1

minute, equipment returns to
normal status.
5 Press MODE selector button.

2.3 Error Code and Description

k: ON h: OFF l: Blink
Error code Operation Error contents Page
lamp Referred
Outdoor Unit E1 l PCB abnormality 155
E2 l Detection of earth leakage by leak detection PCB assy 156
E2 l Missing of earth leakage detection core 157
E3 l Actuation of high pressure switch 158
E4 l Actuation of low pressure sensor 160
E5 l INV. compressor motor lock 162
E6 l Compressor damage alarm 164
E7 l Outdoor unit fan motor abnormality 166
E9 l Electronic expansion valve coil abnormality 170
F3 l Discharge pipe temperature abnormality 172
F4 l Wet alarm 174
F6 l Refrigerant overcharged 176
H3 l Harness abnormality (between control PCB and inverter PCB) 177
H7 l Outdoor unit fan motor signal abnormality 178
H9 l Outdoor air thermistor (R1T) abnormality 180
J3 l Discharge pipe thermistor (R21T, R22T) abnormality 180
Compressor surface temperature thermistor (R8T) abnormality
J5 l Accumulator inlet thermistor (R3T) abnormality 180
J6 l Heat exchanging deicer thermistor (R7T) abnormality 180
J7 l Subcooling heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R5T) abnormality 180
J8 l Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (R4T) abnormality 180
J9 l Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R6T) abnormality 180
JA l High pressure sensor abnormality 182
JC l Low pressure sensor abnormality 184
L1 l Inverter PCB abnormality 186
L3 l Reactor temperature rise abnormality 188
L4 l Inverter radiation fin temperature rise abnormality 189
L5 l INV. compressor instantaneous overcurrent 190
L8 l INV. compressor overcurrent 192
L9 l INV. compressor startup abnormality 194
LC l Transmission error between inverter and control PCB 197
P1 l Power supply voltage imbalance 199
P3 l Reactor temperature abnormality 201
P4 l Inverter radiation fin temperature abnormality 202
PJ l Field setting after replacing outdoor unit main PCB abnormality or combination 204
of PCB abnormality

k: ON h: OFF l: Blink
Error code Operation Error contents Page
lamp Referred
System U0 k Refrigerant shortage 206
U1 l Reverse phase, open phase 207
U2 l Power supply insufficient or instantaneous abnormality 208
U3 l Check operation is not executed 211
U4 l Transmission error between indoor units and outdoor units 212
U5 l Transmission error between remote controller and indoor unit 215
U7 l Transmission error between outdoor units 216
U8 l Transmission error between main and sub remote controllers 222
U9 l Transmission error between indoor and outdoor units in the same system 223
UA l Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units, indoor units and remote 224
controller
UC k Address duplication of centralized control equipment 228
UE l Transmission error between centralized control equipment and indoor unit 229
UF l System is not set yet 232
UH l System abnormality, refrigerant system address undefined 233
The system operates for error codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.

2.4 Error Codes - Sub Codes

If an error code like the one shown below is displayed when the navigation remote controller (BRC1E72) is in
use, make a detailed diagnosis or a diagnosis of the relevant unit referring to the attached list of detailed error
codes.
2.4.1 Indoor Unit

Error Troubleshooting
code Description of error Description of diagnosis
A6 - 01 Fan motor locked A locked fan motor current has been detected.
Turn the fan by hand to check for the connection of connectors.
A6 - 10 Fan overcurrent error A fan motor overcurrent has been detected.
Check for the connection of the connector between the fan motor and
the PCB for the fan. If the connection is normal, replace the fan motor.
If this still cannot solve the error, replace the PCB for the fan.
A6 - 11 Fan position detection error An error in the detection of position of the fan motor. Check for the
connection of the connector between the fan motor and the PCB for
the fan. If the connection is normal, replace the fan motor. If this still
cannot solve the error, replace the PCB for the fan.
A8 - 01 Power supply voltage error Check for the input voltage of the fan motor.
A9 - 01 Electronic expansion valve error There is an error in the electronic expansion valve coil or a connector
disconnected.
A9 - 02 Refrigerant leakage detection error Refrigerant leaks even if the electronic expansion valve is closed.
Replace the electronic expansion valve.
AH - 03 Transmission error (between the self-cleaning
decoration panel and the indoor unit) Check for the connection of the harness connector between the panel
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is PCB and the indoor unit PCB.
mounted]
AH - 04 Dust detection sensor error Check for the connections of the connector X12A on the panel PCB
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is and the connectors X18A and X19A on the sensor PCB.
mounted]
AH - 05 Dust collection sign error Check for clogging with dust at the dust collection port as well as in
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is the brush unit, S-shaped pipe, and dust box. Furthermore, check for
mounted] any stains of the light receiving and emitting parts of the infrared unit.
AH - 06 Air filter rotation error Check for anything getting in the way of rotating the filter (e.g. the filter
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is comes off or the drive gear is clogged with foreign matters).
mounted]
AH - 07 Damper rotation error The damper does not rotate normally. Check for any foreign matters
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is around the damper and for the operation of the gear and limit switch.
mounted]
AH - 08 Filter self-cleaning operation error The unit has not yet completed the filter self-cleaning operation even
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is after the lapse of specified period of time. Check for any external
mounted] noise, etc.
AH - 09 Filter self-cleaning operation start disabled
error The unit has been put into a state in which the filter self-cleaning
[when the self-cleaning decoration panel is operation is disabled. Check the unit for the operating conditions.
mounted]
AJ - 01 Capacity setting error There is an error in the capacity setting of the indoor unit PCB.
AJ - 02 Electronic expansion valve setting error There is a fault in the setting of the gear type electronic expansion
valve/direct acting type electronic expansion valve.
C1 - 01 Transmission error (between indoor unit PCB Check for the conditions of transmission between the indoor unit PCB
and the PCB for the fan) and the PCB for the fan.
C6 - 01 Defective combination of indoor unit PCB and A combination of indoor unit PCB and the PCB for the fan is defective.
the PCB for the fan Check whether the capacity setting adaptor is correct and the type of
the PCB for the fan is correct.
U4 - 01 Indoor-Outdoor transmission error Refer to the “U4” flow chart.
UA - 13 Refrigerant type error The type of refrigerant used for the indoor unit is different from that
used for the outdoor unit.
UA - 15 Not applicable for self-cleaning decoration
panel [when the self-cleaning decoration panel An outdoor unit is not applicable for the self-cleaning decoration panel
is connected.
is mounted]
2.4.2 Outdoor Unit

Refer to P.114.

SiUS341413EA Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote

Controller
3.1 PCB Abnormality
Error Code E1
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Abnormality is detected under the communication conditions in the hardware section between the
Detection indoor unit and outdoor unit.
Error Decision When the communication conditions in the hardware section between the indoor unit and the
Conditions outdoor unit are not normal
Supposed Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)

Causes Defective connection communication line between indoor and outdoor units
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
Turn OFF the power once and

turn ON again.
YES External factor other than

Return to normal?
error (for example, noise
etc.).
NO
Check
if inside /
outside relay wires of YES
Connect the communication
outdoor unit PCB is line correctly.
disconnected.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit

PCB (A1P).

Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller SiUS341413EA
3.2 Detection of Earth Leakage by Leak Detection PCB Assy

Error Code E2
Sub code: -01 to -03
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect leakage current in the earth leakage detection circuit and detect error on the control PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When leakage current is detected.

Conditions
Supposed Earth fault

Causes Improper wiring passing through the current sensor
Temporary liquid compression or melting in compressor
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply,

and then disconnect
compressor lead wire.
Is wiring
passing through the NO
current sensor (T1A) Pass proper wiring through the
proper? sensor.
YES
Insulation failure of YES Replace the compressor.

compressor
NO
Insulation failure YES

of component except Replace the relevant
compressor component.
NO
Reinstall wiring, and then turn

ON the power supply again.
Normal (Continue operation)

The error is considered to have
resulted from temporary liquid
compression or penetration in
the compressor.
Take care of the liquid when
power is shut down over an
extended period of time due
to power failure or else.

3.3 Missing of Earth Leakage Detection Core

Error Code E2
Sub code: -06 to -08
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect error according to whether or not there is continuity across the junction connector (X101A).
Detection
Error Decision When no current flows at the time of turning ON the power supply.
Conditions
Supposed Disconnection of junction connector (X101A)

Causes Wiring disconnection
Defective outdoor unit control PCB
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply, and

then disconnect compressor leads.
Is the system reset to YES The error is considered to have

normal? resulted from external factors
other than failures (e.g. noise).
NO
Ensure the unit

corresponding to the error
code “E2” in monitor mode.
E02-06: Master
E02-07: Slave 1
E02-08: Slave 2
Is X101A connected? NO Properly connect the connector.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit control

PCB.

3.4 Actuation of High Pressure Switch

Error Code E3
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect continuity across the high pressure switch in the protection device circuit.
Detection
Error Decision When part of the protection device circuit opens.

Conditions (Reference) Operating pressure of the high pressure switch:
Operating pressure: 580psi
Resetting pressure: 435psi
Supposed Activation of high pressure switch

Causes Defective high pressure switch
Defective control PCB (A1P)
Momentary power failure
Defective high pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Check for the following 3 points:

Is the stop valve open?
Is the high pressure switch connector
properly connected to the control PCB?
Is there continuity across the high pressure
switch?
Are the NO
above 3 points Remedy defective points.
OK?
YES
(1)Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure
service port.
(2)Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Is the
operating
Does the error “E3” YES pressure of the NO
high pressure switch Replace the high pressure
recur?
normal (580 switch.
psi)?
NO YES

Are the
characteristics of NO
the high pressure Replace the high pressure sensor.
sensor normal?
(∗1)
YES
Service Checker CHECK 13

Connect the Service Checker, and then make a comparison between “high
pressure” checked by the Service Checker and the measurement of the high
pressure sensor (∗1)
Is
the “high
pressure”
checked by the
Service Checker same as NO Replace the control PCB
the measurement of (A1P).
the high pressure
gauge?
YES
-The high pressure sensor is normal, and pressure detection with the control
PCB is also normal.
-The high pressure has really become high.
CHECK 1 : Eliminate factors that cause the high pressure to rise.
Note: ∗1. Make a comparison between voltage measured by the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(The pressure sensor makes measurement of voltage at its connector block to convert it to
pressure. CHECK 12 )
CHECK 1 Refer to P.235.

3.5 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor

Error Code E4
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Make judgement of pressure detected by the low pressure sensor with the control PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When low pressure caused a drop while the compressor is in operation:
Conditions Operating pressure: 10.15 psi
Supposed Abnormally drop in low pressure

Causes Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit PCB
The stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting
Is the stop NO
Open the stop valve.
valve open?
YES
Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure
service port.
Reset the operation using the remote
controller, and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics NO
of the low pressure Replace the low pressure sensor.
sensor normal?
(∗1)
YES
Service Checker CHECK 14
Connect the Service Checker, and then make a comparison between “low
pressure” checked by the Service Checker and the measurement of the low
pressure sensor. (∗1)
Is the
“low pressure”
checked by the
Service Checker same NO
as the measurement of Replace the control PCB (A1P).
the low pressure
gauge?
YES
- The low pressure sensor is normal, and pressure detection with the control
PCB is also normal.
- The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 2 : Eliminate factors that cause the low pressure to decrease.

pressure gauge.

3.6 INV. Compressor Motor Lock

Error Code E5
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Outdoor unit PCB takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
Detection compressor, and the error is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase-current
waveform.
Error Decision When the inverter compressor motor does not operate even by starting it in forced startup mode.
Conditions
Supposed Inverter compressor lock

Causes High differential pressure (72.5 psi or more)
UVW connection error
Defective inverter PCB
The stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Check in Monitor Mode

12 · 14 HP classes are equipped
with 2 compressors.
Check for the compressor 1 or 2
applicable to the error code “E5”
while in monitor mode of the
outdoor unit PCB.
Is the stop NO
valve open? Field factor
YES
Check for the connection wiring.
{For Compressor 1
Connection wiring on the M1C side
{For Compressor 2
Connection wiring on the M2C side
Is the
connection
line of the relevant NO
Replace the connection line,
compressor and then securely connect the
normal? connector.
Power OFF
YES
Are wire
connections
made to phases U, V NO Make proper wire connections.
and W in the proper
order and W
manner?
U
YES
V
Are wire
connections made NO
according to the Wiring Make proper wire connections.
Diagram?
YES
A

The insulation
resistance of the relevant YES
Replace the compressor.
compressor is low
(< 100kΩ)
Power OFF NO
The relevant
compressor has a YES
wiring disconnection
in it.
NO
Restart the
compressor, and
then check for the NO Quit work.
operation. Does the Pressure equalization failure
error recur? may have occurred. Check for
the refrigerant system.
Power ON YES
Has the
compressor
started up at high YES
differential pressure Pressure equalization failure.
(72.5 psi or Check for the refrigerant
more)? system.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Power OFF Is the power Replace the inverter PCB.
transistor
normal?
YES
The error recurs at NO Continue operation.

Power ON
startup. The error could have
resulted from instantaneous
power failure.
YES
+1
Replace the inverter Applicable PCB
Power OFF PCB. (+1) {For Compressor 1
RXYQ6-10T: A3P
{For Compressor 2
RXYQ12 · 14T: A6P
The error recurs NO

Power ON Continue operation.
at startup.
YES
Replace the inverter
compressor.
This is not a failure of the
inverter PCB. Reinstall the
PCB.

3.7 Compressor Damage Alarm

Error Code E6
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Determine the symptom to be error by detecting the revolutions of the compressor and pressure
Detection values detected by the high and low pressure sensors, and further making a comparison between a
theoretical current value of the compressor calculated from parameters detected and an actual
current value detected by the power transistor.
Error Decision When a state in which the actual current value of the compressor is abnormally high (by 130% or
Conditions more) compared to the theoretical current value continues for a period of 30 minutes.
∗ In case of a system with multi outdoor units, the system will return an alarm if there is any
operational unit other than that applicable to "E6" or determine to be error if not.
Supposed Defective compressor

Causes Defective high pressure sensor
Defective low pressure sensor
Defective control PCB
Troubleshooting
Mount a pressure gauge on the high and low pressure

service ports.
Reset the power supply, and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics NO
of the high pressure Replace the high pressure
sensor normal? sensor.
(∗1)
YES
Are the
characteristics NO
of the low pressure Replace the low pressure sensor.
sensor normal?
(∗1)
YES
Service Checker CHECK 13 CHECK 14

Connect the Service Checker, and then make a
comparison between “high pressure” and “low pressure”
checked by the Service Checker and the measurements of
the high and low pressure gauge. (∗1)

Are
the “high
pressure” and “low
pressure” checked by the
Service Checker same as the NO
Replace the control PCB (A1P).
measurements of the high
and low pressure
sensors?
(∗2)
YES
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power transistor Replace the inverter PCB. (+1)
normal? +1
Applicable PCB
{For Compressor 1
YES RXYQ6-10T: A3P
{For Compressor 2
RXYQ12 · 14T: A6P

compressor.
pressure gauge.

3.8 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality

Error Code E7
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to the value of current flowing through the inverter PCB (or fan inverter PCB in
Detection case of Fan Motor 2).
Detect error of the fan motor system according to the fan revolutions detected by the hall IC
during the fan motor runs.
Error Decision When overcurrent is detected from the inverter PCB or the fan inverter PCB (Detecting
Conditions overcurrent 4 times will shut down the system).
When the fan revolutions fall below a given level for a period of 6 seconds while in fan motor
rotation mode (Detecting shortage of revolutions will shut down the system).
Supposed Fan motor failure

Causes Neglect to connect or defective connection of harness/connector between the fan motor and the
PCB
Fan does not rotate due to foreign matters caught in it
Clearing condition: fan motor performs normal operation for a period of 5 minutes

Troubleshooting
12·14 HP classes are equipped with 2 compressors.
Check for the compressor 1 or 2 applicable to the error code
“E7” while in monitor mode of the outdoor unit PCB.
Turn OFF the power supply, and then wait for a period of 10 minutes.
There are
foreign matters around the YES
Remove the foreign matters.
applicable fan.
NO
Check for Connection of Connector
Check for the connections of all fan motor connectors.
(“∗1: Wirings” shown below)
Some connectors are YES

Insert the connector.
disconnected.
NO
Check for Colors of Junction Connectors
Check for any wire connection errors in 2 units of fan motors.
{ Fan motor 1: Power supply cables and signal cables are all white.
{ Fan motor 2: Power supply cables and signal cables are red
on the PCB side and white on the motor side.
There is a junction relay YES

Correct the connection of the
connection error. junction connector.
NO
A
[230V]
∗1. Wirings
RXYQ72T RXYQ96 · 120T RXYQ144 · 168T
(A4P) (A5P) (A4P) (A7P) (A4P)
[460V]
RXYQ72T RXYQ96 · 120T RXYQ144 · 168T
(A4P) (A5P) (A4P) (A7P) (A4P)

There
is no
continuity across the YES
fuse (F101U) on the Replace the fan inverter PCB.
fan inverter
PCB.
NO
The
fan cannot be
rotated by hand YES
when disconnecting the Replace the relevant fan motor.
connector from the
fan motor.
NO
Resistance
between the fan
motor power supply cable YES
terminal and the motor Replace the relevant fan motor.
frame (metallic part)
is not more than
1MΩ.
NO
CHECK 16 U V W
Check for the connector (Red) (White) (Black)
(power supply cable) of the
fan motor. { { {
Resistance
between U, V, W
phases of the fan motor
power supply cable has lost YES
Replace the relevant fan motor.
balance or short circuit is
caused between U, V,
W phases.
NO
CHECK 17 Gnd Vcc W V U
Check for the connector (Gray) (Pink) (Orange) (Blue) (Yellow)
(signal cable) of the fan
motor. { { { { {
Signal
cable has
caused short circuit YES
between Vcc and Gnd, Replace the relevant fan motor.
and between UVW
and Gnd.
NO
Turn ON the power supply to check for the following LED lamps.
HAP lamp on the compressor inverter PCB (∗2)
HAP lamp on the fan inverter PCB (∗3)
The HAP
lamp on PCB ∗2 YES
blinks, but that on PCB ∗3 Replace the fan inverter PCB.
does not blink.
NO
Replace the fan motor.

Note: PCB
RXYQ72TTJU RXYQ96·120TTJU RXYQ144·168TTJU
RXYQ72TYDN RXYQ96·120TYDN RXYQ144·168TYDN
∗2 A3P A3P A3P, A6P
∗3 A4P A4P, A5P A4P, A7P

3.9 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality

Error Code E9
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to whether or not there is continuity across the electronic expansion valve coils
Detection (Y1E, Y2E).
Error Decision When no current flows through common (COM[+]) at the time of turning ON the power supply.
Conditions
Supposed Disconnection of connectors from electronic expansion valves (Y1E, Y2E)

Causes Defective electronic expansion valve coil

Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply

once, and then turn it ON again.
YES Investigate external causes other than

Return to normal?
failures (e.g. noise).
NO
Check for electronic expansion valves applicable to the error code "E9"
while in monitor mode.
{Sub code
E9-01: Master (Y2E)
E9-04: Master (Y1E)
E9-05: Slave 1 (Y2E)
Connector for
the electronic NO
expansion valve of the outdoor Properly and securely connect the
unit PCB (A1P) is connector.
connected.
YES
The
resistance of
the electronic NO
Replace the electronic expansion
expansion valve coil is
normal. (∗1) valve.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit control PCB
(A1P).
Note: ∗1. Make measurement of resistance between individual pins to ensure that it falls within the range
of 40 to 50Ω.
(White) 1
(Yellow) 2
Measurement Acceptance
(Orange) 3 Point Criteria
1–6
(Blue) 4
2–6
40 ~ 50Ω
5 3–6
4–6
(Red) 6

3.10 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality

Error Code F3
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with the discharge pipe or compressor surface
Detection temperature thermistor.
Error Decision When discharge pipe temperature becomes abnormally high (i.e., 275°F or more)
Conditions When discharge pipe temperature sharply rises (remains at 248°F or more for a period of
consecutive 10 minutes)
When compressor surface temperature becomes abnormally high (i.e., 248°F or more)
When compressor surface temperature sharply rises (remains at 230°F or more for a period of
consecutive 10 minutes)
Supposed Abnormal discharge pipe temperature

Causes Defective discharge pipe thermistor
Abnormal compressor surface temperature
Defective compressor surface temperature thermistor

Troubleshooting
Connect the Service Checker.

Reset the system operation,
and then restart it.
Are the
characteristics
of the discharge pipe
and compressor surface NO
Replace the relevant thermistor.
temperature thermistors
normal? (∗1)
YES
Service Checker
Connect the Service Checker, and then make a
comparison between “discharge pipe temperature” (or
“compressor surface temperature” and “low pressure”
checked by the Service Checker and the
measurements of discharge pipe surface temperature
(or “compressor surface temperature.”) CHECK 11
Is the
“temperature”
checked by the NO
Service Checker same as Replace the control PCB (A1P).
the measurement of the
temperature?
YES
• All thermistors are normal, and temperature detection

with the control PCB is also normal.
• The discharge pipe temperature (or compressor surface
temperature) has really become high.
CHECK 3 : Eliminate the causes of superheat operation.
Note: ∗1. Error codes and thermistors

RXYQ72T RXYQ96·120T RXYQ144·168T
Error Applicable
Code Thermistor Electric Electric Electric
symbol Connector symbol Connector symbol Connector
Discharge
pipe (M1C) R21T X29A R21T R21T
thermistor
Discharge X29A X29A
J3 pipe (M2C)
thermistor
— — — (Group R22T (Group
connector) connector)
Compressor
surface — — R8T —
temperature
thermistor

3.11 Wet Alarm

Error Code F4
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error In cooling operation, detect the condition under which liquid refrigerant returns to the compressor,
Detection according to the temperature and pressure of each part.
Error Decision When the following wet state continues for a period of 90 minutes, an alert is issued.
Conditions An error is defined for 120 minutes.
Wet state in outdoor units
When the following wet state continues for a period of 45 minutes, an alert is issued.
Wet state in some of indoor units
Supposed Defective suction pipe thermistor

Causes Defective discharge pipe thermistor
Defective high pressure sensor
Defective indoor unit electronic expansion valve
Dirty air filter

Troubleshooting
Connect the Service Checker.

Mount a pressure gauge on the
high pressure service port.
Reset the operation, and then
restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of the
accumulator inlet thermistor NO
Replace the relevant
and the suction pipe thermistor.
thermistor
normal?
YES
Are the
discharge pipe NO
thermistor characteristics Replace the discharge
normal? pipe thermistor.
YES
Are the
high pressure sensor NO
characteristics Replace the high
normal? pressure sensor.
YES
Service Checker
Use the Service Checker to find indoor units
operating under the following conditions:
& • Gas pipe temperature (R6T) - Liquid pipe temperature (R4T) < 36.5˚F
• Electronic expansion valve opening < 300 pulses
Stop the relevant indoor units while

the system is in cooling operation,
and then check for the liquid pipe
temperature of these indoor units
after the system is stabilized.
The liquid pipe

temperature is low YES
(equivalent to the evaporating Replace the indoor
temperature). unit electronic
expansion valve.
NO
Clean the air filters
of the indoor units.

3.12 Refrigerant Overcharged

Error Code F6
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect overcharged refrigerant according to outdoor air temperature, heat exchanging deicer
Detection temperature, and liquid pipe temperature during check operation.
Error Decision When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated using outdoor air temperature, heat
Conditions exchanging deicer temperature, and liquid pipe temperature during check operation, exceeds the
regular charge amount by 30% or more
(If refrigerant is charged slightly over the regular charge amount, "F6" may be displayed on the
remote controller.)
Supposed Refrigerant overcharged

Causes Disconnection of outdoor air thermistor
Disconnection of heat exchanging deicer thermistor
Disconnection of liquid pipe temperature thermistor
Troubleshooting
Check for the conditions of

mounting of the temperature
sensors of the outdoor air
thermistor, the heat exchanger
thermistor, and liquid pipe
thermistor to the piping.
Are the temperature NO

sensors properly Properly connect the thermistors,
mounted? and then operate the system.
YES
Disconnect the outdoor air
thermistor, the heat exchanger
thermistor, and liquid pipe
thermistor from the outdoor
unit PCB, and then make
measurement of resistance
using a multiple meter.
CHECK 11 NO
Replace the abnormal thermistors,
Normal? and then operate the system.
YES
Remedy refrigerant overcharging.

3.13 Harness Abnormality (between Control PCB and Inverter

PCB)
Error Code H3
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Check for the transmission conditions of the following jumpers between the PCB using micro-
Detection computer:
6-20 HP Inverter 1
Between X28A (A1P) and X6A (A3P)
14-20 HP Inverter 2
Between X62A (A3P) and X6A (A6P)
Error Decision When normal transmission between PCB is disabled during the compressor stops running.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection of jumpers between PCB

Causes Defective control PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Check for the transmission

conditions of the following
jumpers between the PCB:
• 6 – 10 HP
Between X28A (A1P) and
X6A (A3P)
• 12 · 14 HP
X6A (A3P)
X6A (A6P)
YES
Harness error Return the relevant harness to
normal.
NO
Replace the control PCB (A1P).
NO
“H3” error recurs. Complete countermeasures.
YES
Replace the inverter PCB.
6 – 10 HP: A3P
12 · 14 HP: A6P

3.14 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Abnormality

Error Code H7
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect of abnormal signal from fan motor.

Detection
Error Decision When an abnormal signal is detected at startup of the fan motor operation.
Conditions
Supposed Abnormal signal from fan motor (Circuit failure)

Causes Disconnection/Short circuit in fan motor leads or disconnection of connector
Defective inverter PCB.
Troubleshooting
Check for fan motor applicable to the error code “H7” while
in monitor mode.
{Sub code
H7-01/05/09: Fan motor 1 (M1F) Master / Slave 1 / Slave 2
H7-02/06/10: Fan motor 2 (M2F) Master / Slave 1 / Slave 2
Turn OFF the power supply.
Is the
connector of
signal cable of the NO
relevant fan motor Properly connect the connector.
normally
connected?
YES
Check for the connector

of the fan motor. (∗1)
Is
resistance
between Vcc and
UVW and between GND NO Replace the fan motor.
and UVW of the fan
motor lead in
balance?
YES
• For Fan motor 1, replace the
inverter PCB ∗1.
• For Fan motor 2, replace the fan
inverter PCB ∗1.

Note: PCB
RXYQ72TTJU RXYQ96·120TTJU RXYQ144·168TTJU
∗1 A4P A4P, A5P A4P, A7P
∗1. Procedure for checking for the connector of the fan motor.
(1) Turn OFF the power supply.
(2) Disconnect the connector (X2A or X4A) from the PCB, and then make measurement of the
following resistance. Acceptance criteria: Resistance between phases falls within the range
of ±20%.
Connector for signal cable
(X2A or X4A)
5 Gray GND
4 Pink Vcc
Make measurement
of resistance between
3 Orange W Vcc and UVW and
between GND and
UVW.
2 Blue V
1 Yellow U

3.15 Thermistor Abnormality

Error Code H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J8, J9
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with individual thermistors.

Detection
Error Decision When the system is in operation and the thermistor causes wiring disconnection or short circuit in it.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection of thermistor

Causes Defective thermistor
Troubleshooting
Thermistor is NO
connected to the Connect the connector and turn
connector. ON again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the NO
thermistor from the Replace the thermistor (∗1).
outdoor unit PCB.
CHECK 11
(1.8 kΩ to
800 kΩ)
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.

Note: ∗1. Error codes and thermistors

RXYQ72T RXYQ96·120T RXYQ144·168T
Error Applicable
Code Thermistor Electric Electric Electric
symbol Connector symbol Connector symbol Connector
H9 Outdoor air R1T X18A R1T X18A R1T X18A
Discharge R21T X29A R21T R21T
pipe
Discharge
pipe (M2C) — — — X29A R22T X29A
J3 thermistor (Group (Group
connector) connector)
Compressor
surface — — R8T —
temperature
thermistor
Accumulator
J5 inlet R3T R3T R3T
thermistor
Heat
exchanging
J6 deicer R7T R7T R7T
thermistor
Subcooling
heat X30A X30A X30A
J7 exchanger R5T (Group R5T (Group R5T (Group
liquid pipe connector) connector) connector)
thermistor
Heat
exchanger
J8 liquid pipe R4T R4T R4T
thermistor
Heat
exchanger
J9 gas pipe R6T R6T R6T
thermistor

3.16 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Error Code JA
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with the high pressure sensor.
Detection
Error Decision When the high pressure sensor causes wiring disconnection or open circuit (at pressure of not less
Conditions than 611.9 psi or not more than 1.45 psi).
Supposed Defective high pressure sensor

Causes Connection of low pressure sensor in mistake for high pressure sensor
Defective connection of high pressure sensor

Troubleshooting

high pressure service port.
Connect the Service Checker for
VRV systems.
Are the
characteristics of
the high pressure sensor
normal? (Make a comparison
between voltage characteristics and NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
gauge pressure.)
CHECK 12
CHECK 13
YES
Is the PCB
detection pressure
normal? Make a
comparison between data on
pressure checked by the Service Checker NO Replace the control PCB.
and the voltage characteristics.
CHECK 12
CHECK 13
YES
restart it.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
high pressure sensor Replace the high pressure sensor.
normal?
YES
Replace the control PCB.

3.17 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Error Code JC
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to temperature detected with the low pressure sensor.
Detection
Error Decision When the low pressure sensor causes wiring disconnection or open circuit (at pressure of not less
Conditions than 256.65 psi or not more than 1.45 psi).
Supposed Defective low pressure sensor

Causes Connection of high pressure sensor in mistake for low pressure sensor
Defective connection of low pressure sensor

Troubleshooting

low pressure service port.
Connect the Service Checker for
VRV systems.
Are the
characteristics of
the low pressure sensor
normal? (Make a comparison
between voltage characteristics and NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
gauge pressure.)
CHECK 12
CHECK 14
YES
Is the PCB
detection pressure
normal? Make a comparison
between data on pressure checked
by the Service Checker and the voltage NO Replace the control PCB.
characteristics.
CHECK 12
CHECK 14
YES
restart it.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure sensor.
normal?
YES
Replace the control PCB.

3.18 Inverter PCB Abnormality

Error Code L1
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to current value detected during the output of waveform before compressor
Detection startup
Detect according to current value detected with the current sensor during sync operation for
startup
Error Decision When overcurrent (OCP) flows during the output of waveform
Conditions When the current sensor error during sync operation
When IPM error occurs
Supposed Inverter PCB

IPM failure

Causes  

 Current sensor failure 
Drive circuit failure



Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power supply

once, and then turn it ON
again.
YES
Return to normal? The error could have resulted from
external factors other than failures
(e.g. external noise or thunder).
NO

12·14 HP classes are
equipped with 2 compressors.
Check for the compressor 1 or
2 applicable to the error code
“L1 ” while in monitor mode of
the outdoor unit PCB.
CHECK 4
Is the power NO
transistor normal?
Is the
YES insulation to
ground resistance of NO
Replace the compressor and the
the relevant compressor
100kΩ or more? compressor inverter PCB together.
(1)
YES
Replace the inverter PCB. (1)
CHECK 4
Is the power NO
transistor of the fan Replace the compressor inverter PCB
driver normal? (1) and the fan inverter PCB (A4P).
YES
Replace the inverter PCB. (1)
1
Applicable PCB
{For Compressor 1:
RXYQ72-120T: A3P
{For Compressor 2:
RXYQ144·168T: A6P

3.19 Reactor Temperature Rise Abnormality

Error Code L3
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to the value detected with the reactor surface thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision When the temperature detected with the reactor surface thermistor is more than the specified
Conditions temperature.
Supposed Defective connection of harness

Causes Defective reactor surface thermistor
Troubleshooting
Is
reactor NO
harness connected to Connect the harness
the terminal strip correctly.
correctly?
YES
Is the
wiring YES
disconnection in the Replace the thermistor.
reactor thermistor?
NO

3.20 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality

Error Code L4
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect temperature of power module of the compressor inverter PCB.
Detection
Error Decision Thermistor located inside the power module of the inverter PCB for compressor and fan motor.
Conditions Cooling tube plate poor heat-exchange.
Supposed Cooling tube plate not fixed with screws.

Causes “U0” error.
Defective inverter PCB.
High outdoor air temperature.
Troubleshooting

12·14 HP are equipped with 2
compressors.
Check for the compressor 1
or 2 applicable to the error
code “L4” while in monitor
mode of the outdoor unit
PCB.
Check for the cooling

conditions of cooling tube
used to cool the inverter.
Is the cooling tube plate
fixed with screws?
Error code “U0” is
displayed on the Error
History screen.
NO
Normal? Rectify troubles.
YES
Turn ON the
power supply, and YES
then press the ON button Replace the inverter PCB.
continuously. Does
the error
recur?
NO
Continue operation.
z Field factor. Power module
temperature may have risen due to
high outdoor air temperature.

3.21 INV. Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent

Error Code L5
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect current flowing through the power transistor.

Detection
Error Decision When instantaneously overcurrent flows through the power transistor: ∗1
Conditions
Supposed Defective compressor coil (such as wiring disconnection or insulation failure)

Causes Compressor startup failure (mechanical lock)
Troubleshooting
Compressor inspection

“L5” while in monitor mode of
NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Check for the leads of the
compressor.
{For Compressor 1
Leads on the M1C side
Power OFF
{For Compressor 2
Are the
leads of the relevant NO
compressor Replace the leads of the
normal? relevant compressor.
YES

Power OFF Are

wiring and wire NO
connections to the relevant Rectify the wiring and
compressor wire connections.
normal?
YES
The
insulation
compressor is 100kΩ compressor.
or less.
NO
The coil
of the relevant YES
compressor has caused Replace the inverter
wiring disconnection compressor.
in it.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the inverter
transistor normal? PCB. (1)
1
Applicable PCB
YES
{For Compressor 1
RXYQ72-120T: A3P
{For Compressor 2
Restarting the RXYQ144·168T: A6P
NO
system results in the Continue operation.
recurrence of the
( )
The error could have
error. resulted from causes
YES such as instantaneous
power failure.
Replace the inverter PCB
Power OFF (A3P, A6P).
Restarting the NO
recurrence of the
error.
YES
compressor.
Note: ∗1.
Model
M1C M1C M1C M2C
TTJU 63.2A 85.6A 63.2A 63.2A
TYDN 32.4A 53.7A 63.2A 63.2A

3.22 INV. Compressor Overcurrent

Error Code L8
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect current flowing through the power transistor.

Detection
Error Decision When the secondary-side inverter current exceeds: ∗1

Conditions
Supposed Compressor overloaded

Causes Wiring disconnection in compressor coil
Disconnection of compressor wiring
Troubleshooting

NO
Is the stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Check for the leads of the
compressor.
{For Compressor 1
Power OFF Leads on the M1C side
{For Compressor 2
Are the
leads of the relevant NO
compressor Replace the leads of the
normal? relevant compressor.
YES
A

Power OFF Are

wiring and wire NO
connections to the relevant Rectify the wiring and
compressor wire connections.
normal?
YES
The
insulation
resistance of the YES
relevant compressor is Replace the inverter
1MΩ or less to compressor.
ground.
NO
The coil
of the relevant YES
compressor has caused Replace the inverter
wiring disconnection compressor.
in it.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the inverter
transistor normal? PCB. (1)
1
Applicable PCB
YES {For Compressor 1
RXYQ72-120T: A3P
{For Compressor 2
Restarting the RXYQ144·168T: A6P
NO
recurrence of the
( )
error. resulted from causes
YES such as instantaneous
power failure.
Power OFF (A3P, A6P).
Restarting the NO
recurrence of the
error.
YES
compressor.
Note: ∗Trigger point

Model
M1C M1C M1C M2C
TTJU 33.5A 45.0A 33.5A 33.5A
TYDN 13.0A 13.0A 13.0A 13.0A

3.23 INV. Compressor Startup Abnormality

Error Code L9
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect error according to the signal waveform of compressor.

Detection
Error Decision When compressor startup operation has not been completed.
Conditions
Supposed The stop valve is not opened

Causes Defective compressor
Error in wire connections to compressor
Large differential pressure before compressor startup

Troubleshooting
Startup for
the first time after NO
Go to the next page.
installation? (Startup failure in aging operation)
YES
Is a proper NO
amount of refrigerant Charge a proper amount of
charged? refrigerant.
YES
Is the stop valve NO

open?
YES
Refrigerant is
melting (No power YES
applied for a period of 6 Eliminate the melting state of
hours or more) refrigerant.
NO

Is the
insulation NO
resistance of the relevant Eliminate the melting state of
compressor 100kΩ refrigerant.
or more?
YES
Are the
leads of the YES
compressor Connect the leads of the compressor.
disconnected?
NO
Apply power, and then restart
operation.

From the previous page

(Startup failure in aging
operation)
Refrigerant is
melting (No power YES
applied for a period of 6 Eliminate the melting state of
hours or more) refrigerant.
NO
Is the
insulation
resistance of the NO
relevant compressor Replace the inverter compressor.
100kΩ or more?
YES
There is YES
wiring disconnection in Replace the inverter compressor.
the compressor.
NO
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the compressor inverter PCB.
transistor normal?
YES
Recheck for the compressor and the
refrigerant system.

3.24 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB

Error Code LC
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Check for the transmission conditions between the inverter PCB and the control PCB using a
Detection micro-computer.
Error Decision When normal transmission is disabled for a given period of time or more.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection between the inverter PCB and the control PCB
Causes Defective control PCB (transmission block)
Defective noise filter
External factors (e.g. noise)
Defective inverter compressor
Defective fan motor
Troubleshooting
Is the
connector
between each
control PCB and each NO
Properly Connect the connector
inverter PCB securely
connected?
(∗1)
YES

“LC” while in monitor mode of
Is the
type of the relevant NO
inverter PCB 1 correct? Replace with a proper PCB.
(∗2)
YES
The
insulation
Replace the inverter compressor.
inverter compressor is
not more than
100kΩ.
NO

The insulation
relevant fan motor is Replace the fan motor.
not more than
1MΩ.
NO
The micro-
computer normal
NO
monitor indication lamp This is not the "LC" error.
(green) on the control Recheck the error code.
PCB (A1P) is
blinking.
YES
The micro-
computer normal The fuse of
monitor indication lamp NO NO
the NF board has Replace the inverter PCB.
(green) on the control blown out.
PCB (A1P) is
blinking. YES
Replace all of the INV, FAN, and NF
YES boards.
Is the
connector
between the control NO
PCB and the sub PCB Properly connect the connector.
securely
connected?
YES
Is the
normal operation NO
indication LED on the sub Properly connect the connector X9A
PCB blinking? (X10A) on the sub PCB option.
YES
YES
The "LC" error recurs. Replace the control PCB (A1P).
NO
Continue operation.
The error could have resulted from
causes such as instantaneous
power failure.
Note: ∗1. Connect and disconnect the connector once to ensure that it is securely connected.
∗2. List of types of inverter PCB:
Motor symbol RXYQ72TTJU RXYQ96·120TTJU RXYQ144·168TTJU
M1C PC13004-1(A) PC13003-1(A) PC0901-7(A)
M2C — — PC13004-1(A)
M1F PC0908-1(A) PC0908-9(A) PC0908-5(A)
M2F — PC0908-10(A) PC0908-6(A)

3.25 Power Supply Voltage Imbalance

Error Code P1
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect voltage imbalance through PCB.

Detection
Error Decision When power supply voltage imbalance exceeds approximately 12V.
Conditions
Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
“P1” will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed Open phase

Causes Interphase voltage imbalance
Defective capacitor in the main circuit
Defective K1M, K2M (inverter board)
Defective wiring in the main circuit

Troubleshooting

12·14 HP classes are equipped
with 2 compressors.
applicable to the error code “P1”
outdoor unit PCB.
Is supply
voltage imbalance YES Open phase? YES
Correct the open phase of
over approximately
12V? (∗1) power supply.
NO NO
Rectify the power supply
voltage imbalance.
Take countermeasures (listed
Is the below).
imbalance of voltage YES
applied to the inverter over Defective noise filter, relay K1M
approximately or K2M inverter PCB / Defective
12V? (∗2) wiring
Turn OFF the power supply,
NO
and then check and repair
<If voltage can be monitored> wirings in the main circuit and
defective components.
Use equipment capable of constantly (1) Loose contact and wiring
recording power supply voltages (e.g. disconnection between the
Memory Hicoder) to record power power supply and the
supply voltages between phases (R-S, inverter
S-T, and R-T) for a period of (2) Adhesion/meltdown of
consecutive 1 week. contact of, or loose contact
of K1M
(3) Wiring disconnection in or
loose contact of noise filter
Even though the power Power supply voltage imbalance Even
supply voltage is normal, the though power supply voltage remains
error recurs. balanced when making measurement,
it often becomes imbalanced during
night-time (from 18:00 to 22:00).
Take countermeasures.
Explanation to users ∗ Use the document “Notice of Inspection Results” attached to spare part.
Be sure to explain user that “power supply
Hand the “Notice of Inspection Results” to user to ask
voltage imbalance” will occur and Daikin
him/her to rectify the imbalance.
accepts no responsibility for the imbalance.
Note: ∗1. Make measurement of voltage at the power supply terminal block (X1M).
∗2. Make measurement of voltage at the L1, L2 and L3 terminals of diode module located on the
inverter PCB during the compressor is in operation.

3.26 Reactor Temperature Abnormality

Error Code P3
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect according to the value detected with the reactor surface thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision When the system is in operation and the thermistor causes wiring disconnection or short circuit in it.
Conditions
Supposed Defective connection of thermistor

Causes Defective reactor thermistor
Troubleshooting

compressors.
“P3” while in monitor mode of
Make measurement of
resistance of the radiation
fin thermistor.
Is the
thermistor normal? Replace the inverter PCB.
YES
Turn ON the YES

power supply. Replace the inverter PCB.
Does the error
recur?
NO
Continue operation.

3.27 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality

Error Code P4
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect the resistance of the following thermistors during the compressor stops running:
Detection Radiation fin thermistor.
Thermistor located in PCB circuit.
Heat sink thermistor.
Error Decision When the resistance of the thermistor comes to a value equivalent to open or short circuit.
Conditions
Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P4" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed Defective radiation fin temperature thermistor

Causes Defective inverter PCB
Defective INV. compressor
Defective fan motor

Troubleshooting

compressors.
“P4” while in monitor mode of
Make measurement of
resistance of the radiation
fin thermistor.
Is the
relevant thermistor Replace the inverter PCB.
normal?
YES
The
insulation
relevant inverter compressor Replace the inverter
is not more than compressor.
100kΩ.
NO
The insulation
fan motor is not more
than 1MΩ.
NO
Turn ON the YES

power supply. Replace the inverter PCB.
Does the error
recur?
NO
Continue operation.

3.28 Field Setting after Replacing Outdoor Unit Main PCB

Abnormality or Combination of PCB Abnormality
Error Code PJ
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error This error is detected according to communications with the inverter PCB.
Detection
Error Decision Make judgement according to communication data on whether or not the type of the inverter PCB is
Conditions correct.
Supposed Mismatching of type of PCB

Causes Improper (or no) field setting after replacing outdoor unit main PCB

Troubleshooting

with 2 compressors.
applicable to the error code “PJ”
outdoor unit PCB.
Is the
type of the
compressor inverter NO
Replace with a correct
PCB (1) correct? 1 compressor inverter PCB.
(∗1) Applicable PCB
YES {For Compressor 1
RXYQ72-120T: A3P
{For Compressor 2
Is the RXYQ144·168T: A6P
type of the fan NO
inverter PCB (A4P, A7P) Replace with a correct fan
correct? (∗2) inverter PCB.
YES
Has
the DIP switch
setting been made NO
properly to replace the Properly make DIP switch
control PCB? setting.
(After completion of setting,
reset the power supply.)
YES
Does the
“Under Preparation” NO
indication lamp (H2P) Modify the connection
on the control PCB wiring.
turn OFF?
YES
control PCB.
Note: ∗1. ∗2. INV. PCB and Fan PCB

Motor symbol RXYQ72TYDN RXYQ96·120TYDN RXYQ144·168TYDN
M1C PC13011-1(A) PC13002-1(A) PC13011-3(A)
M2C — — PC13011-2(A)
M1F PC13001-3(A) PC13001-2(A)
M2F — PC13001-1(A)

3.29 Refrigerant Shortage

Error Code U0
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect refrigerant shortage according to a low pressure level or a difference in heat exchanging
Detection temperature from the suction pipe.
Error Decision Low pressure becomes 14.5 psi or less.

Conditions ∗ Error is not determined. The unit continues the operation.
Supposed Refrigerant shortage and refrigerant clogging (wrong piping)

Causes Defective thermistor
Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit main PCB
Troubleshooting
Mount a pressure gauge at the service port on the low

pressure side.
Reset the operation using the remote controller then restart.
Is the
Is the low characteristics of
pressure 14.5 psi NO NO
low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure
or less? (∗1) normal? (∗2) sensor.
YES YES

main PCB.
Remove the factor of
decreasing low pressure.
CHECK 2
Note: ∗1. Check the low pressure value by using pressure gauge in operation.
∗2. Compare the actual measurement value by pressure sensor with the value by the pressure
gauge.
(To gain actual measurement value by pressure sensor, measure the voltage at the connector
[between (2)-(3)] and then convert the value into pressure. CHECK 12 )

3.30 Reverse Phase, Open Phase

Error Code U1
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error The phase of each phase are detected by reverse phase detection circuit and right phase or
Detection reverse phase are judged.
Error Decision When a power supply is reverse phase, or T phase is open phase.
Conditions
Supposed Power supply reverse phase

Causes T phase open phase
Troubleshooting
There
is an open
phase at the power YES
supply (T phase) terminal Fix the open phase. Requires
section (X1M) of the inspection of field power supply
outdoor unit. section.
NO
Operation
is normal if one YES
phase of power supply Reverse phase.
line phase is Countermeasure of the problem is
replaced. completed by phase replacement.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.

3.31 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality

Error Code U2
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Detect the voltage of capacitor of the main circuit in the inverter PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When the voltage in the DC circuit (between diode module and power module) falls below specified
Conditions voltage.
Supposed Abnormal power supply voltage

Causes Instantaneous power failure
Open phase
Defective control PCB
Defective compressor
Defective main circuit wiring
Defective fan motor
Defective connection of signal cable

Troubleshooting

with 2 compressors.
applicable to the error code “U2”
outdoor unit PCB.
Check for power supply

conditions.
Power supply voltage falls
within the standard range?
Any open phase in the
power supply wiring or any
wrong wiring?
Imbalance in the power
supply voltage is
maintained within 12V?
There are some

defects in the power YES
supply conditions Remedy the defects.
aforementioned.
NO
The insulation
compressor is not more Replace the compressor.
than 100kΩ.
NO

The insulation
resistance of the fan YES
motor is not more than
1MΩ. If the motor gets severely
damaged, the inverter
PCB (A3P, A6P) should
NO also be replaced.
CHECK 4
NO
Is the power Replace the inverter PCB.
transistor normal? (1)
1
YES Applicable PCB
{For Compressor 1
RXYQ72-120T: A3P
Connect and disconnect the
following connectors: {For Compressor 2
X4A (A3P)↔X20A (A1P) RXYQ144·168T: A6P
X6A (A3P)↔X28A (A1P)
The
inverter PCB YES
(A3P, A6P) has Replace the inverter PCB
damage. (A3P, A6P).
If the inverter PCB gets
NO severely damaged, the
compressor and the fan
motor may have been
Turn ON the power supply, damaged.
and then press the ON button.
The
system enters
standby mode before the YES
outdoor unit fan starts
rotating. (A3P, A6P).
NO
The
system enters
standby mode before YES
completing the startup Replace the inverter PCB
operation of the (A3P, A6P).
compressor. If the inverter PCB gets
severely damaged, check
NO for the compressor.
YES
The error “U2” recurs. Check for wirings.
NO
Continue operation.
resulted from causes such
as instantaneous power
failure.

3.32 Check Operation is not Executed

Error Code U3
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Check operation is executed or not executed

Detection
Error Decision Error is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Conditions
Supposed Check operation is not executed.

Causes
Troubleshooting
The contents of individual

failures vary with sub code.
Ensure the sub code, and
then go to the following:
U3-03 Conduct the test operation.

(The test operation has not
been conducted.)
U3-04 Check for the refrigerant

piping, and then conduct
the test operation.
U3-05 Conduct the test operation

(due to the premature end
of the test operation).
U3-06 Conduct the test operation

(due to the premature end
of the test operation).
U3-07 Check for transmission

between indoor and
outdoor units, and then
conduct the test operation.
U3-08 Check for transmission

between indoor and
outdoor units, and then
conduct the test operation.

3.33 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor

Units
Error Code U4
Applicable All indoor models
Models RXYQ-T
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Detection
Error Decision When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Conditions
Supposed Short circuit in indoor-outdoor or outdoor-outdoor transmission wiring (F1 / F2), or wrong wiring
Causes Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address does not match
Defective indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Check for details of error in

monitor mode.
NO
U4-01 Go to the P.214.
U4-03
YES (Indoor unit system
transmission error)
Has the
indoor or
outdoor unit PCB
been replaced, or has YES
the indoor-outdoor or Press and hold BS3 on the
outdoor-outdoor master outdoor unit control
transmission PCB for a period of 5
wiring been seconds or more. (The
modified? system will not operate for a
period of 12 minutes at
maximum.)
NO
Do all
indoor unit Are the
remote controllers in NO indoor-outdoor and YES
the same refrigerant outdoor-outdoor Replace the indoor unit PCB.
system display transmission wirings
“U4”? normal?
YES NO Modify the transmission

wirings.
Reset the power supply once.

Correct the voltage (230 V).
Does the ∗1 :OFF :ON :BLINK

micro-computer Is voltage
normal monitor NO between L1 and N NO SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
indication lamp (HAP) on terminals of the outdoor
the outdoor unit unit PCB 380 to
PCB blink? 415V?

YES YES
Does the Fuse on

seven-segment NO YES
the outdoor unit PCB
display show or ? has blown out.
(∗1)
Replace the fuse.
YES NO
The PCB.
lamp does not turn YES
OFF for a period of 12 Press and hold BS3 on the
minutes or more. outdoor unit control PCB for a
period of 5 seconds or more.
NO
Are the
indoor-outdoor
and outdoor-outdoor NO
Modify the transmission
transmission wirings wirings.
normal?
YES
Disconnect
the outdoor-outdoor
transmission wiring. NO
Does the system normally Replace the outdoor unit
operate with a single control PCB.
transmission
line?
YES
Mount the DIII-NET extension
adaptor.

U4-03
Indication after YES

launch test Check controller indoor units :
operation? Some error about
thermistor, or fan motor,
electronic expansion valve,
NO or defective board.
Test operation was
Operate all indoor units. interrupted by button BS1
"Mode".
NO
Do all units display “U9”? Check all indoor error
indication.
YES
Did 2 minutes or more NO

elapse after “U9” is Carry out the diagnosis again
displayed? after a lapse of 2 minutes or
more.
YES
The PCB of indoor units

displaying “U9” are normal.
Check for indoor units of
other systems to troubleshoot
them according to relevant
error codes.

3.34 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and

Indoor Unit
Error Code U5
Models
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and remote controller is normal.
Detection
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between indoor unit and remote controller

Causes Connection of 2 main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Defective remote controller PCB
Transmission error caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Using 2 YES SS1 of both YES

remote controllers remote controllers is set Set 1 remote controller to
control. to "MAIN". "SUB"; turn the power supply
OFF once and then restart.
NO NO
All indoor Operation

unit PCB micro-computer NO returns to normal when NO
the power is turned OFF Replace the indoor unit
monitors blink. momentarily. PCB.
YES YES
There is possibility of error
Replace the remote controller. caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn ON
again.
YES
Normal Normal
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
YES
Normal Normal
NO
There is possibility of error
caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn ON
again.

3.35 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units

Error Code U7
Applicable RXYQ-T
Models
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between outdoor units is normal.

Detection
Conditions
Supposed Connection error of transmission wirings between outdoor unit and external control adaptor for
Causes outdoor unit
Connection error of transmission wirings between outdoor units
Cool/Heat selection setting error
Cool/Heat unified address setting error (functional unit, external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
Defective external control adaptor for outdoor unit

Troubleshooting
Ensure the sub code or

the lamp display of
monitor mode, and then
go to the following:
U7-01
Error code Sub code
Go to Diagnosis Flowchart-1.
(Transmission error when the
external control adaptor is
mounted)
U7-02
Error code Sub code
external control adaptor is
mounted)
U7-03
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between
master and slave 1)
U7-04
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between
master and slave 2)
U7-05
Error code Sub code
(Multi system error)
U7-06
Error code Sub code
(Manual address setting error for
slave 1, 2)
U7-07
Error code Sub code
(Connection 4 or more outdoor
units to the same system)
U7-11
Error code Sub code
(Connection of excess indoor
units for test operation)

Diagnosis Flow-1
U7-01
Error code Sub code

external control adaptor is mounted)
Is
there any
wiring
disconnection or wiring NO
error in the transmission Modify the transmission wirings
wirings to the external to the external control adaptor for
control adaptor for outdoor unit.
outdoor unit?
YES
Is the
normal
operation monitor LED NO Is power supplied to NO
on the outdoor unit the outdoor unit? Supply power to the outdoor
control PCB unit.
blinking?
YES YES
control PCB.
Is the
Is the power
normal supply cable of the
operation monitor LED NO external control adaptor NO
on the external control for outdoor unit connected Connect the power supply cable
adaptor for outdoor to the 16 VDC of the external control adaptor
unit blinking? power supply for outdoor unit to the 16 VDC
line? power supply line.
YES YES
Replace the external control
adaptor PCB.
control PCB.

Diagnosis Flow-2
U7-02
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error when the external

control adaptor for outdoor unit is mounted)
Unified Cool/ Heat NO

Set Cool/Heat selection
selection for the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit
to “IND.”
YES
Cool/Heat
selection for the
external control adaptor YES
Unified Cool/Heat
for outdoor unit is set to addresses for outdoor
“Unified Master”. units in the outdoor-
outdoor transmission
are duplicated. Make
NO address setting again.
Cool/Heat
selection for the
external control adaptor NO
for outdoor unit is set Replace the outdoor unit
to “Unified control PCB.
Slave”.
YES
Is
the normal
operation monitor NO Is power supplied NO
LED on the outdoor unit to the outdoor unit? Supply power to the
control PCB outdoor unit.
blinking?
YES
YES Replace the outdoor unit
control PCB.
Is the Is the power
normal supply cable of the
operation monitor NO external control adaptor for NO
LED on the external control outdoor unit connected to Connect the power
adaptor for outdoor the 16 VDC power supply cable of the
unit blinking? supply line? external control adaptor
for outdoor unit to the
16 VDC power supply
YES line.
YES
Does the
error recur when
setting Cool/Heat NO
selection for the external Replace the external control
control adaptor for adaptor for outdoor unit PCB.
outdoor unit to
“IND”?
YES
control PCB.

Diagnosis Flow-3
U7-03
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between master

and slave 1)
The
multi transmission
wirings to multi slave 1 have NO
caused wiring disconnection in Replace the outdoor unit
them or are being control PCB for multi slave 1.
disconnected.
YES
Modify the outdoor unit multi

transmission wirings, and then
reset the power supply.
Diagnosis Flow-4
U7-04
Error code Sub code
(Transmission error between master

and slave 2)
The
multi transmission
wirings to multi slave 2 NO
have caused wiring disconnection in Replace the outdoor unit control
them or are being PCB for multi slave 2.
disconnected.
YES

Diagnosis Flow-5
U7-05
Error code Sub code
(Multi system error)
Is the model of outdoor NO

Replace the outdoor unit control
unit RXYQ72-168T?
PCB.
YES
Disconnect the outdoor unit multi


Diagnosis Flow-6
U7-06
Error code Sub code
(Manual address setting error for

slave 1, 2)
One of
outdoor unit
multi transmission wirings has NO
caused wiring disconnection in it Replace the outdoor unit control
or been disconnected. PCB.
YES
Diagnosis Flow-7 reset the power supply.
U7-07
Error code Sub code
(Connection 4 or more outdoor units

to the same system)
4 or
more outdoor
units are connected using NO
the outdoor unit multi Replace the outdoor unit control
transmission PCB.
wirings.
YES
Diagnosis Flow-8
U7-11
Error code Sub code
(Connection of excess indoor units

for test operation)
There
is an error in
the connection of YES
indoor-outdoor, indoor-indoor, Rectify the error in the connection
and outdoor multi of transmission wirings, and then
transmission reset the power supply.
wirings.
NO
The
capacity to connect NO
indoor units falls within the Check the capacity to connect
specified range. indoor units.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).

3.36 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote

Controllers
Error Code U8
Models
Method of Error In case of controlling with 2 remote controller, check the system using micro-computer if signal
Detection transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub remote controller) is normal.
Error Decision When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time.
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between main and sub remote controller

Causes Connection between sub remote controllers
Defective remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
SS1 of NO
Using 2 remote NO remote controller PCB is
controllers control. Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
set to "MAIN". power supply OFF once and
then restart.
YES YES
SS1 of both NO
remote controllers is set to Turn the power OFF and
"SUB". then restart. If an error
occurs, replace the remote
YES controller PCB.
Set 1 remote controller to
"MAIN"; the power supply
OFF once and then restart.

3.37 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in

the Same System
Error Code U9
Models RXYQ-T
Method of Error Detect the error signal for the other indoor unit within the circuit by outdoor unit PCB.
Detection
Error Decision When the error decision is made on any other indoor unit within the system concerned
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between other indoor and outdoor units

Causes Defective electronic expansion valve of other indoor unit
Defective indoor unit PCB of other indoor unit
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
Turn ON all indoor units.
All the units are NO

Continue the operation.
display "U9".
YES
"U9" has
been displayed for 2 NO
Re-diagnose by display after
minutes or more. passage of 2 minutes or more.
YES
The outdoor unit PCB indicated
by the error code “U9” is normal.
Check for the indoor unit of other
system, and then conduct
troubleshooting by diagnosis
according to the Error Code
Flowchart.


Indoor Units and Remote Controller
Error Code UA
Models RXYQ-T
Method of Error A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between indoor and outdoor units.
Detection The number of indoor units connected is out of the allowable range.
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed Excess of connected indoor units

Causes Defective outdoor unit PCB
Mismatch of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor unit PCB was not carried out after replacing to spare PCB.

Troubleshooting
Ensure the sub code or

the lamp display of
monitor mode, and then
go to the following:
UA-17
Error code Sub code
Go to Diagnosis Flow-1.
(Connection of excess indoor
units)
UA-18
Error code Sub code
(Connection of incorrect models
of indoor units)
UA-20
Error code Sub code
(Improper combination of outdoor
units)
UA-21
Error code Sub code
(Wrong connection)
UA-31
Error code Sub code
(Multi system combination error)

Diagnosis Flow-1
UA-17
Error code Sub code
The number
of indoor units YES
connected to the same Replace the outdoor unit control
system is not more PCB.
than 64.
NO
Excess indoor units are
connected.
Diagnosis Flow-2 Check for the connection to
connect the proper number of
UA-18 indoor units.
Error code Sub code
Check if the
refrigerant type of YES
the outdoor unit Replace the outdoor unit PCB
corresponds to that (A1P).
of the indoor
unit.
NO
Match the refrigerant types of the
outdoor unit and the indoor unit.
Diagnosis Flow-3
UA-20
Error code Sub code
NO
Multi connection? Replace the outdoor unit control
PCB.
YES
Was the A
outdoor unit PCB NO different model NO
replaced with a spare of outdoor unit is Replace the outdoor unit control
PCB? connected. PCB.
YES YES
Check for the model of outdoor
unit.
Was proper setting of NO

Make setting again, and then
spare PCB made? reset the power supply.
YES
Replace the spare PCB.

Diagnosis Flow-4
UA-21
Error code Sub code
(A1P).
Diagnosis Flow-5
UA-31
Error code Sub code
Is the multi
combination of NO
Correct the multi combination of
outdoor units outdoor units.
proper?
YES
Was the
outdoor unit PCB NO
replaced with a spare Replace the outdoor unit PCB
PCB? (A1P).
YES
Is the
procurement of the NO
Procure a proper spare PCB.
spare PCB proper?
YES
Is the setting of the NO

Make setting again, and then reset
spare PCB proper? the power supply.
YES

(A1P).

3.39 Address Duplication of Centralized Control Equipment

Error Code UC
Models Centralized control equipment
Method of Error The principal indoor unit detects the same address as that of its own on any other indoor unit.
Detection
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed Address duplication of centralized control equipment

Causes Defective indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
The centralized address is

duplicated. Make setting change so that
the centralized address will
not be duplicated.

3.40 Transmission Error between Centralized Control

Equipment and Indoor Unit
Error Code UE
Applicable All indoor models Schedule timer
Models Central remote controller
Method of Error Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized control equipment is
Detection normal.
Conditions
Supposed Transmission error between optional controllers for centralized control equipment and indoor
Causes unit
Connector for setting main controller is disconnected.
(or disconnection of connector for independent / combined use changeover switch.)
Defective PCB for central remote controller

Troubleshooting
Check
the indoor
unit for which
“UE” is displayed. Is YES
Continued to A
the transmission error (on the following
“UE” caused on page)
all indoor
units?
NO
Is the
power supply of NO
the indoor unit, on which Make sure there are no
the “UE” occurred, hazardous situations, and
turned ON? then turn ON the power
supply.
YES
Has
the setting of
central control Can the
NO setting of central YES
group No. been made Make correct setting of the
with the indoor unit on control group No be
central control group No.
which the “UE” made?
occurred?
NO
YES For
VRV systems,
can the setting of NO
central control group No. be Check outdoor units to which
made in one and the the refrigerant system is
same refrigerant connected.
system?
Was the YES
Check whether or not there
central control NO are no problems with the
group No. for indoor transmission wiring length,
unit changed? types of cables and wires,
number of units connected,
YES and others. If no problems,
replace the indoor unit PCB.
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized control
equipment.
For the intelligent Touch
controller, register the air
conditioner again while in
DIII-NET test run menu.

Check the
transmission wiring
between centralized
control equipment for any broken
wire. For details, refer to information in Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
the “Procedure for checking broken
wires” section.
CHECK 15
Normal
Check
the
transmission
wiring between main
centralized control
equipment for any broken Abnormal
wire. For details, refer to Correct the wiring.
information in the
“Procedure for
checking broken
wires”
section.
Normal
Has
the main
centralized control NO
equipment setting connector Correct the connection of the
been connected? connector.
YES
Disconnect the transmission
wiring of the main centralized
control equipment, and then
check the voltage between the
transmission terminals (F1 and
F2) of the master unit
transmission equipment using
a multiple meter.
Is the
voltage
between the NO
terminals F1 (+) and F2 (-) Replace the centralized
in the range of 15.2 control equipment.
to 17.6 VDC?
YES Centralized control

equipment: Normal
It is supposed that the error

results from external factors
(e.g. noises) from other
equipment.

3.41 System is not Set yet

Error Code UF
Models RXYQ-T
Method of Error On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that
Detection of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Error Decision The error is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through checking
Conditions the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-outdoor
Causes units
Failure to execute check operation
Stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting
Are the stop NO

valves opened? Open the stop valve.
YES
Is
Is the check indoor-outdoor YES
NO and outdoor-outdoor unit
operation Replace the indoor unit PCB.
carried out? transmission wiring
normal?
YES
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor NO
and outdoor - outdoor unit After fixing incorrect wiring,
transmission wiring press and hold the RESET
normal? button on the outdoor unit
main PCB for 5 seconds.
YES ∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may

not have been carried out
successfully.

3.42 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address

Undefined
Error Code UH
Models RXYQ-T
Method of Error Detect an indoor unit with no auto address setting.

Detection
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-outdoor
Causes units
Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)

Troubleshooting
Is Does
electricity an error
being introduce occur even after
for the first time after YES 12 minutes elapses
from the time when NO
installation or after an Normal
indoor or outdoor unit electricity is introduced
PCB has been to indoor and
replaced? outdoor
units?
NO YES
Is
indoor -
outdoor and outdoor - NO
outdoor unit transmission After fixing incorrect wiring,
wiring normal? press and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PCB for 5 seconds.
YES ∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Press and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PCB for 5 seconds.
NO
Does an error occur? Normal
YES
Disconnect the
outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring YES
to create the one-system Mount the DIII-NET extension
status, and then check adaptor.
whether or not the
system is
normal.
NO
Does a
"UH" error occur for NO
all indoor units in the Replace the indoor unit PCB.
system?
YES
(A1P).

3.43 Check
CHECK 1 Check for Causes of Rise in High Pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
Stop valve closed ←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Local High pipe
pressure Bent or crashed pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
rise resistance
Clogging of foreign ←Is there any temperature difference caused before
materials and after the filter or branch pipe.
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic Defective outdoor Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
expansion valve is throttled: unit electronic
(∗1) expansion valve
Defective valve body
A temperature difference in excess of 18°F
Rise in high between the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
pressure Defective high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Defective
control Defective service ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Defective monitor PCB corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
high pressure Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation
control Defective indoor
unit electronic normal?
expansion valve Defective valve body
Defective high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?

[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic Defective Defective indoor unit ←In the connector properly connected?
control liquid pipe thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
expansion valve excessively
throttled: ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
Defective service
(∗2) monitor PCB Checker corresponding to the measurement value of
the pressure sensor?
[In cooling] ←Is the suction air temperature less than 109.4°F?
High suction air Short circuit
temperature of
High suction outdoor unit High outdoor air ←Is the outdoor air temperature less than 109.4°F?
air temperature
temperature
of the High suction Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature less than 80.6°F?
condenser air temperature
of indoor unit High room
temperature ←Is the room temperature less than 80.6°F?
←Is the connector properly connected?
Defective suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor air temperature less than 60.8°FWB?
←Is the connector properly connected?
Defective outdoor air thermistor of outdoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Degradation Dirty condenser

in condensing ←Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
capacity
Mixing of non-condensable gas ←Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Defective fan ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?

Decreased motor Are the motor coil resistance and
fan insulation normal?
Decreased output Defective
airflow rate service monitor ←If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity
PCB (Including
capacity setting) setting properly made?
High Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged?

airflow
passage
resistance Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the airflow passage?
Excessive refrigerant charging ←Refer to the error code "F6".

←Is the indoor unit too small compared to
Improper model selection [In heating] the large-sized outdoor unit?
Note: ∗1. In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (main) is fully open.
∗2. In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooling degree control”.

CHECK 2 Check for Causes of Dropping Low Pressure

Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
[In cooling] Defective low pressure
Defective sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
(∗1)
Defective compressor Defective service ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
low pressure capacity monitor PCB
control corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
control Defective low pressure
sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Defective
low pressure Defective hot gas ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
protection solenoid valve
[In both cooling control Defective service ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and heating]
monitor PCB corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
Abnormally drooping (∗2) Defective indoor
low pressure [In cooling] unit electronic Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
(Low evaporating If the indoor unit expansion valve
temperature) electronic Defective valve body
expansion valve is
throttled too much: Defective gas pipe ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
(∗3) Defective thermistor of indoor unit
control
Defective electronic Defective liquid pipe ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
expansion valve thermistor of indoor unit
control Defective service ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
monitor PCB corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
[In cooling]
Low suction air Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature more than 57.2˚F?
temperature of
indoor unit Low room temperature ←Is the room temperature less than 57.2˚F?
Low suction air ←Is the connector properly connected?

Defective suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
temperature of
the evaporator
Abnormal piping length ←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
High pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Bent or crashed pipe
resistance
Clogging of foreign materials ←Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less
circulation
quantity of Inadequate refrigerant quantity ←Refer to the error code "U1".
refrigerant
Moisture choke ←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty ←Is the heat exchanger clogged?
evaporator
Degradation
in condensing Defective fan motor ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
capacity Decreased Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
fan output
Decreased Defective service monitor PCB ←If a spare PCB is mounted, is the
airflow rate (Including capacity setting) capacity setting properly made?
High
airflow
passage Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged?
resistance
Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the airflow passage?
Note: ∗1. For details of compressor capacity control while in cooling.

∗2. The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas
bypass control.
∗3. In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”.

CHECK 3 Check the Factors of Overheat Operation (∗4)

Identify the defective points referring to the failure factor analysis (FTA) as follows.
Hot gas circuit clogging

Defective hot
gas bypass Defective solenoid ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
valve coil
control
Defective solenoid
(∗1) valve body
Defective service
monitor PCB
Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and

Defective insulation normal?
Defective [In cooling only] subcooling Defective valve
discharge electronic body
Defective expansion
pipe valve Defective low
temperature subcooling ←Are the electric characteristics normal?
pressure sensor
control electronic
expansion Defective subcooling
Defective heat exchanger outlet ←Is the connector properly connected?
valve control control thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics
(∗2) normal?
Temperature Defective service ←Is the pressure value checked with the
increase of monitor PCB Service Checker corresponding to the
discharge measurement value of the pressure sensor?
pipe Four way valve is in the ←Check if the piping temperature connected
Defective four middle position.
way valve to the four way valve is normal.
operation Leak from hot gas bypass
valve
Superheat due to
shaft damage
Compressor
overheat Superheat due to
defective compressor
Defective indoor Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
unit electronic
[In cooling] expansion valve Defective valve body
If the indoor unit
electronic Defective gas pipe ←Is the connector properly connected?
expansion valve is thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled too much:
Defective
(∗3) control Defective thermistor for ←Is the connector properly connected?
Defective indoor unit liquid pipe
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
superheated
degree Defective service
control. monitor PCB
Defective Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve Defective valve body
[In heading]
If the outdoor unit Defective low pressure ←Are the electric characteristics normal?
electronic sensor
expansion valve Defective Defective suction pipe ←Is the connector properly connected?
excessively control thermistor
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled: (∗4) Defective service ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
monitor PCB
Checker corresponding to the measurement
value of the pressure sensor?
Refrigerant ←Refer to CHECK 7
shortage
Abnormal piping length ←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe ←Conduct visual checks.
High pipe
resistance (Including moisture choke) ←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation. (Refer to CHECK 8 )
Stop valve closed. ←Check if the stop valve is open.
Note: ∗1. Refer to “Low pressure protection control” for hot gas bypass control.
∗2. Refer to “Subcooling electronic expansion valve control”.
∗3. “Superheating temperature control” in cooling is conducted by indoor unit electronic expansion
valve.
∗4. Superheating temperature control in heating is conducted by outdoor unit electronic expansion
valve (main).

∗5. Judgement criteria of superheat operation:

(1) Suction gas superheated degree: 50°F and over. (2) Discharge gas superheated degree:
113°F and over, except immediately after compressor starts up or is running under drooping
control.
(Use the above values as a guide. Depending on the other conditions, the unit may be normal
despite the values within the above range.)

CHECK 4 Power Transistor Check

Perform the following procedures prior to check.
(1) Power OFF.
(2) Remove all the wiring connected to the PCB where power transistors are mounted on.
[Preparation]
Multiple tester ∗ Prepare the analog type of multiple tester.
For the digital type of multiple tester, those
with diode check function are available for the
checking.
[Point of Measurement and Judgement Criteria]

Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement of
resistance.
When using the analog type of multiple When using the digital type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance tester, make measurement in diode check
measurement mode in the x1kΩ range. mode ( )
Measuring Measuring
point Judgement point Judgement
No. Remarks No. Remarks
Criteria Criteria
+ – + –
1 P2 U 1 P2 U Due to condenser
1.2V and charge and so on,
2 P2 V 2 ~ 15kΩ 2 P2 V resistance
more
measurement may
3 P2 W 3 P2 W require some time.
4 U P2 4 U P2
5 V P2 5 V P2
Due to condenser
6 W P2 15kΩ and charge and so on, 6 W P2
more resistance 0.3 ~ 0.7V
7 N3 U (including ) measurement may 7 N3 U
require some time.
8 N3 V 8 N3 V
9 N3 W 9 N3 W
10 U N3 10 U N3 Due to condenser
1.2V and charge and so on,
11 V N3 2 ~ 15kΩ 11 V N3 resistance
more
measurement may
12 W N3 12 W N3 require some time.
[PCB and Circuit Diagram]

P1 P2 P3
DM IGBT
X10A K2
J1
L1
J2
L2
L3
J3
N3
J1
J2
U V W
J3 X11A
Since the appearance of PCB shown in this outline drawing is different from
the actual appearance, use it as a reference drawing.
N3 U V W
P1 P3

CHECK 7 Check for Shortage of Refrigerant.

In case of VRV Systems, the only way to judge as the shortage of refrigerant is with operating
conditions due to the relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgement, refer to the information below.
Diagnosis of shortage of refrigerant

1. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the compressor discharge gas
temperature becomes higher.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the electronic expansion valve
turns open.
3. Low pressure drops to cause the unit not to demonstrate cooling capacity (heating capacity).
Cooling
The opening degree of the indoor unit Fan control is activated for high
electronic expansion valve becomes pressure protection under
larger. cooling control at low outdoor
Either of the electronic expansion air temperature, i.e., the fan is
valves becomes fully open. hunting at high pressure.
Frequency comes to the minimum level.
High pressure
(Low pressure
is maintained at High pressure drops
a constant with decrease in
level.) compressor capacity.
Low pressure
Low pressure rises as the
opening degree of the indoor
unit electronic expansion
valve becomes larger.
Frequency slightly increases If frequency comes to the
under the capacity control. minimum level, low
pressure cannot be
Frequency maintained.
To maintain low
pressure,
frequency drops
due to the
capacity control.
Heating
The opening degree of the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve becomes larger.
The outdoor unit electronic expansion valve fully opens and frequency increases.
Discharge pipe or low pressure drooping control
Frequency comes to
High pressure the minimum level.
(High pressure
is maintained at
a constant
level.)
Low pressure
Frequency
To maintain low pressure,

frequency drops due to the Frequency drops
due to the drooping
capacity control. control.
(Degree of refrigerant shortage)

Proper amount Higher degree of shortage

CHECK 8 Vacuuming and Dehydration Procedure

Conduct vacuuming and dehydration in the piping system following the procedure for <Normal
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
Furthermore, if moisture may get mixed in the piping system, follow the procedure for <Special
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
<Normal vacuuming and dehydration>

(1) Vacuuming and dehydration
• Use a vacuum pump that enables vacuuming up to -14.6 psi (5 torr, -755 mmHg).
• Connect manifold gauges to the service ports of liquid pipe and gas pipe and run the vacuum
pump for a period of 2 or more hours to conduct evacuation to -14.6 psi or less.
• If the degree of vacuum does not reach -14.6 psi or less even though evacuation is conducted
for a period of 2 hours, moisture will have entered the system or refrigerant leakage will have
been caused. In this case, conduct evacuation for a period of another 1 hour.
• If the degree of vacuum does not reach -14.6 psi or less even though evacuation is conducted
for a period of 3 hours, conduct the leak tests.
(2) Leaving in vacuum state
• Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of -14.6 psi or less for a period of 1 hour or
more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not rise. (If the reading
rises, moisture may have remained in the system or refrigerant leakage may have been
caused.)
(3) Additional refrigerant charge
• Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary amount of
refrigerant.
<Special vacuuming and dehydration> - In case of moisture may get mixed in the piping∗
• Follow the same procedure as that for 1) Normal vacuuming and dehydration described
above.
(2) Vacuum break
• Pressurize with nitrogen gas up to 7.25 psi.
• Conduct vacuuming and dehydration for a period of 1 hour or more. If the degree of vacuum
does not reach -14.6 psi or less even though evacuation is conducted for a period of 2 hours or
more, repeat vacuum break - vacuuming and dehydration.
(4) Leaving in vacuum state
• Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of -14.6 psi or less for a period of 1 hour or
more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not rise.
(5) Additional refrigerant charge
• Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary amount of
refrigerant.
∗ In case of construction during rainy reason, if dew condensation occurs in the piping due to
extended construction period, or rainwater or else may enter the piping during construction
work:

CHECK 11 Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics

Indoor unit
For suction air R1T
For liquid pipe R2T
(FXTQ; R1T)
For gas pipe R3T
(FXTQ; R2T)
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Refer to the table A below. For discharge pipe R21T
R22T
T°F kΩ T°F kΩ T°F kΩ

-22 354.1 -22 361.7719 -22 3257.371
-13 259.7 -13 265.4704 -13 2429.222
-4 192.6 -4 196.9198 -4 1827.883
5 144.2 5 147.5687 5 1387.099
14 109.1 14 111.6578 14 1061.098
23 83.25 23 85.2610 23 817.9329
32 64.10 32 65.6705 32 635.0831
41 49.70 41 50.9947 41 496.5712
50 38.85 50 39.9149 50 391.0070
59 30.61 59 31.4796 59 309.9511
68 24.29 68 25.0060 68 247.2696
77 19.41 77 20.0000 77 198.4674
86 15.61 86 16.1008 86 160.2244
95 12.64 95 13.0426 95 130.0697
104 10.30 104 10.6281 104 106.1517
113 8.439 113 8.7097 113 87.0725
122 6.954 122 7.1764 122 71.7703
131 5.761 131 5.9407 131 59.4735
140 4.797 140 4.9439 140 49.5180
149 4.014 149 4.1352 149 41.4168
158 3.375 158 3.4757 158 34.7923
167 2.851 167 2.9349 167 29.3499
176 2.418 176 2.4894 176 24.8586
185 2.060 185 2.1205 185 21.1360
194 1.762 194 1.8138 194 18.0377
203 1.513 203 1.5575 203 15.4487
212 1.304 212 1.3425 212 13.2768
221 1.128 221 1.1614 221 11.4395
230 0.9790 3SA48001 (AD87A001J) 230 9.8902
239 0.8527 239 8.5788
248 0.7450 248 7.4650
257 0.6530 257 6.5156
266 0.5741 266 5.7038
3PA61998L (AD92A057) 275 5.0073
284 4.4080
293 3.8907
302 3.4429
3SA48006 (AD87A001J)
Table A
Thermistor RXYQ72TTJU RXYQ96·120TTJU RXYQ144·168TTJU
For outdoor air R1T R1T R1T
For accumulator R3T R3T R3T
For heat ex. liquid pipe R4T R4T R4T
For subcooling liquid pipe R5T R5T R5T
For heat ex. gas pipe R6T R6T R6T
For coil R7T R7T R7T
For M1C body — R8T —

CHECK 12 Pressure Sensor
Detected Pressure PH = 200.1VH-100.05

PH, PL PL = 81.2VL-40.60
(lbf/m2) psi PH: High pressure (psi)
725 725 PL: Low pressure (psi)
653 653 VH: Output Voltage [High Side] VDC

High Pressure (PH)
VL: Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
580 580
508 508
435 435
363 363
290 290
Low Pressure (PL)
218 218
145 145
73 73
-73 -73
-0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Output Voltage (VH, VL) VDC
CHECK 13 Make Measurement of Voltage of the High Pressure Sensor

+5V
Connector for high
pressure sensor (Red)
(4) Red
Black High
(3)
pressure
sensor
(2)
Micro-computer
A/D input (1) White
Make measurement of DC
voltage between these wires.

CHECK 14 Make Measurement of Voltage of the Low Pressure Sensor

+5V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
(4) Red
(3) Black Low

pressure
Micro-computer
(2) White sensor
A/D input
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires.
CHECK 15 Broken Wire Check of the Relay Wires

1. Procedure for checking outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires
On the system shown below, turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short circuit between
the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit A" that is farthest from the
central remote controller, and then conduct continuity checks between the transmission wiring
terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the central remote controller using a multiple meter. If there is
continuity between the said terminal blocks, the outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring has no
broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the outdoor-
outdoor unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit A" short circuited, conduct continuity checks between
the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the unified ON/OFF controller. If there is no
continuity as well, conduct continuity checks between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal of the
"Outdoor Unit E", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit D", between
the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit C", … in the order described, thus
identifying the place with continuity.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the said
place with continuity.
2. Procedure for checking indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires (for checking
the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring of the "Outdoor Unit C" for broken wires)
Turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short circuit between the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit C, and then conduct continuity checks between the
transmission wirings F1 and F2 of the "Indoor Unit a" that is farthest from the "Outdoor Unit C"
using a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said transmission wirings, the indoor-
outdoor unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the indoor-outdoor
unit terminal of the "Outdoor Unit C" short circuited, identify the place with continuity in the
transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit b", transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit c", and
transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit d" in the order described.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the said
place with continuity.

Short circuit
between the
outdoor-outdoor
unit terminal
parts.
Short circuit between Outdoor-outdoor Unit

Transmission Wiring
Check the transmission the indoor-outdoor unit
wiring for continuity. Indoor-outdoor Unit terminal parts.
If there is continuity, the Transmission Wiring
indoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no
broken wires in it.
Check the transmission

wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no broken
wires in it.
Unified ON/OFF controller Central remote controller
CHECK 16 Check on Connector of Fan Motor (Power Supply Cable)

(1) Turn OFF the power supply.
Measure the resistance between phases of U, V, W at the motor side connectors (3-core wire)
to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting, while connector or relay
connector is disconnected.
Red U
Measure the
White V resistance values
between phases
U, V, W.
Black W

CHECK 17 (1) Turn OFF the power supply.

(2) Measure the resistance between Vcc and each phase of U, V, W, and GND and each phase at
the motor side connectors (5-core wire) to check that the values are balanced within the range
of ± 20 %, while connector or relay connector is disconnected.
Furthermore, to use a multiple meter for measurement, connect the probe of negative pole to
Vcc and that of positive pole to GND.
5 Gray GND
4 Pink Vcc
Measure the
resistance values
3 Orange W between Vcc and
U, V, W, and GND and
2 Blue V U, V, W.
1 Yellow U

SiUS341413EA
Part 7
Appendix
1. Wiring Diagrams......................................................................................248
1.1 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................. 248
Appendix 247
Wiring Diagrams SiUS341413EA
1. Wiring Diagrams
1.1 Outdoor Unit
1.1.1 230V
RXYQ72TTJU
POWER SUPPLY
3~208/230V 60Hz X1M T1A A1P
N=1 RED X1A
L1 L1 RED
WHT F1U Y1E
L2 L2 WHT X23A
5 M
BLU Q1RP
L3 L3 BLU SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
F2U
X101A
Q1LD BS1 BS2 BS3
DS1 DS2
ON ON
P>
WHT
RED
OFF OFF
BLU
S1PH X21A Y2E

A2P X4A 1234 1234
5 M
L1A L2A L3A
F5U F4U X3A X37A
HAP X18A t˚ R1T
GRN E1 X2A (NOTE 3)
Z1F S1NPL
X31A
X28A PS
L1B L2B L3B S1NPH
K11R
K7R
K3R
K4R
X20A X32A
WHT
RED
BLU
Z4C X7A X8A X11A X15A

A3P N=2
L1 L2 L3
X6A
R1 K1M K2M Y3S Y2S E1HC Y1S
X4A
K84R
PS R21T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T
X41A
V1R X5A t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚
-
+
P1
X29A X30A
P21 + C1 X1M (NOTE 8)
N3 BLU TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT
X66A F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
P3 RED
R112 N32 BLU X3A A5P

P32 RED X1A
-
+
X1M C/H SELECTOR (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)

V2R (NOTE 8)
WHT A B C
U V W
INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR
Z1C N=1
(F1)(F2) (F1)(F2) (Q1)(Q2)
Z2C N=1
LAYOUT OF
WHT
RED
BLU
M1C, M1F
BLK
BLK
V
U MS W
3~ HEAT TERMINAL OF
A4P M1F CONTROL BOX
L1R M1C COOL M1C
P1 N1 N11 COOL •
X5A S2S HEAT
F101U W
R2 FAN
- X4A U
+
S1S M1C
X3A V3R V
X2A COOL/HEAT SELECTOR OUTER SHELL
CONTROL BOX X1A (OPTIONAL ACCESSRORY)(NOTE 3)
Z3C
N=2 5
NOTES) 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
L1R 2. WHT
: FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR,
WHT X2A
: TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND.
A1P X1A WHT 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL
X1A WHT
X2A OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
A5P MS
A2P 3~ 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 • F2,
X3A 5
OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 • F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI
X1M M1F
A4P TRANSMISSION Q1 • Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL
A3P ON CONTROL BOX COVER.
∗ : IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR
6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH).
COMPONENT.
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN.
(FRONT SIDE) (REAR SIDE)
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A5P)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT(A1P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) (INJECTION)
BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R3T THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
(MODE, SET, RETURN) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
C1 CAPACITOR (A3P) R5T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN)
E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER R7T THERMISTOR (DEICER) Z1C~Z4C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) R112 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P)
F101U FUSE (A4P) R2 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
F4U, F5U FUSE (A2P) R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P)
HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P) S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) V1R DIODE MODULE (A3P) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S)(A1P) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR)
K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P) V3R POWER MODULE (A4P)
L1R REACTOR X1A, X2A CONNECTOR (M1F) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
M1C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) X3A CONNECTOR (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL · HEAT)
M1F MOTOR (FAN) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT) 3D082482E
248 Appendix
Appendix
SiUS341413EA
RXYQ96TTJU / RXYQ120TTJU
POWER SUPPLY A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
3~208/230V 60Hz A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
A1P
RED X1A A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) SEG1~SEG37-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
X1M T1A
RED
WHT
BLU
RED N=1 A2P WHT F1U X23A Y1E A4P, A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
L1 L1 L1A L2A L3A 5 M A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) V1R DIODE MODULE (A3P)
WHT BLU Q1RP
L2 L2 BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P)
BLU F5U F4U F2U (MODE, SET, RETURN) V3R POWER MODULE (A4P, A5P)
L3 L3 X101A PS SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 C1 CAPACITOR (A3P) X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
GRN E1 Z1F Q1LD DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) X5A CONNECTOR
K5R
K4R
K7R
K11R
BS1 BS2 BS3 E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
L1B L2B L3B X7A X8A X11A X15A
DS1 DS2 X21A Y2E F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
ON ON 5 M
OFF OFF F101U FUSE (A4P, A5P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
Z2C Y3S Y2S E1HC Y1S 1234 1234 F4U, F5U FUSE (A2P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
P> X18A t˚ R1T
RED
WHT
BLU
A5P A3P N=2 S1PH X37A HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION
X4A R21T R8T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T S1NPL (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) VALVE (INJECTION)
RED WHT RED X1A X3A L1 L2 L3 R1 K84R
HAP (NOTE 3)X31A
X3A + t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
X6A
MS F101U P1 K1M K2M X3A S1NPH K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
3~
X29A X30A X1M (NOTE 8) X32A K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
PS A6P TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN)
M2F N1 X41A X4A X2A
V3R R2 X1M (NOTE 8) F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2 K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) Z1C, Z2C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
5 N11 X1A C/H SELECTOR
5 X28A HEAT K84R MAGNETIC RELAY Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P)
P1 + V1R A B C (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
X2A X5A
X5A COOL
X4A C1 WHT X5A COOL • L1R REACTOR
RED WHT X4A RED
+ N32 BLU X20A S2S HEAT
A4P P21 FAN M1C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR)
NOTES) X66A (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)
WHT WHT P32 RED M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN)
X1A X1A X3A
+ S1S TERMINAL OF
N31 BLU 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P)
COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) M1C Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P)
MS F101U P1 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR, (NOTE 3)
3~ R112 W
+ N3 BLU (F1)(F2) (F1)(F2) (Q1)(Q2) Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P)
M1F : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND. U R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P)
N1 V2R P31 RED
5 V3R R2 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL R112 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P)
N11 RED
V
5 U V W P3 OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. LAYOUT OF R2 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A4P, A5P)
X2A X5A Z1C M1C, M1F, M2F R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P)
X4A N=3 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE)
WHT WHT
WHT
WHT
RED
WHT
BLU
X2A
V OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI CONTROL BOX R3T THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR)
U MS W TRANSMISSION Q1·Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL. M2F M1F CONTROL BOX R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3~
L1R M1C X5A R5T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR)
IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON A6P L1R
∗: A1P A2P R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS)
COMPONENT. CONTROL BOX COVER. M1C R7T THERMISTOR (DEICER) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
∗: IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR X1A X3A A5P
6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH). X2A X4A X1M A4P A3P R8T THERMISTOR (M1C BODY) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL·HEAT)
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. OUTER SHELL
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN. S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D082483F
249
Wiring Diagrams
250
Wiring Diagrams
RXYQ144TTJU / RXYQ168TTJU
POWER SUPPLY A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R7T THERMISTOR (DEICER)
A1P A2P, A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
3~208/230V 60Hz
RED X1A A3P, A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
X1M T1A X23A
RED
WHT
BLU
RED
WHT
BLU
RED N=1 A5P A2P WHT F1U Y1EA4P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
L1 L1 L1A L2A L3A L1A L2A L3A 5M A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
WHT BLU Q1RP
L2 L2 BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
BLU F5U F4U F5U F4U F2U (MODE, SET, RETURN) V1R DIODE MODULE (A3P, A6P)
L3 L3 X101A SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
PS C1 CAPACITOR (A3P, A6P) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P, A6P)
GRN E1 Z1F GRN E1 Z1F Q1LD
DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) V3R POWER MODULE (A4P, A7P)
K3R
K4R
K5R
K7R
K8R
K11R
BS1 BS2 BS3 E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER
L1B L2B L3B L1B L2B L3B X7A X8A X9A X11A X12A X15A X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
DS1 DS2 X21A Y2E F1U, F2U FUSE (A1P) X5A, X6A CONNECTOR
ON ON 5M
F101U FUSE (A4P, A7P) (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
OFF 1 2 3 4 OFF 1 2 3 4
Z3C Y4S Y2S Y3S E1HC E2HC Y1S F4U, F5U FUSE (A2P, A5P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
X18A t˚ R1T
RED
WHT
BLU
RED
WHT
BLU
A7P A6P N=2 A3P S1PH P> X37A HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
X4A R21T R22T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T S1NPL (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A8P)
RED WHT RED X3A L1 L2 L3 R1 K84R L1 L2 L3 R1 K84R
HAP (NOTE X31A
X3A X1A 3)
+
t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ K1M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) (A3P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
X6A X61A S2PH P> S1NPH
MS F101U P1 K1M K2M K1M X3A K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M2C) (A6P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
3~
X29A X30A X1M (NOTE 8) X32A (INJECTION)
- K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P)
PS PS A8P TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT
M2F N1 X2A K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
V3R R2 X41A X4A X41A X6A X1M (NOTE 8) F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2 K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
5 N11 X1A C/H SELECTOR
HEAT
X7A K7R, K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (E2HC) (A1P) (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
5 X28A
+
+
V1R - V1R - A B C COOL
X2A X5A P1 P1 COOL • K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 1)
X5A WHT X6A R1T X4A S2S
RED WHT X4A RED X4A C1 N32 BLU
C1 HEAT K84R MAGNETIC RELAY Y4S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 2)
P21 + P21 + X20A FAN
A4P t˚ X66A (NOTE (NOTE (NOTE
(CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, 46P) Z1C~Z3C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
WHT X5A
4) 4) 4)
WHT WHT X3A P32 RED L1R, L2R REACTOR Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P, A5P)
X1A X1A N32 BLU S1S
+
N31 BLU COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
TERMINAL OF M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
F101U P1 (NOTE 3) INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR M1C, M2C M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN)
MS R112 R112 P32 RED NOTES)
3~ N3 BLU (F1)(F2) (F1)(F2) (Q1)(Q2) W PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A6P)
+
-
- - 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
M1F N1 P31 RED 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR, U Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P)
V3R R2 V2R V2R
5 N11 V Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P)
U V W P3 RED U V W : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND. R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A6P)
5 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL LAYOUT OF
X2A X5A Z2C Z1C R112 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P, A6P)
N=4 N=4 OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. M1C, M2C, M1F, M2F
WHT X4A R2 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A4P, A7P)
RED
WHT
BLK
WHT
WHT
WHT
X2A
RED
WHT
BLK
BLK
BLK
V CONTROL BOX 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P)
U MS W V OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI M2F M1F CONTROL BOX R1T THERMISTOR (HEAT SINK) (A3P) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3~ U MS W X6A X5A
L2R M2C L1R M1C 3~ A8P
TRANSMISSION Q1 • Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL. R21T, R22T THERMISTOR (M1C, M2C DISCHARGE) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR)
∗: IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR A1P A5P A2P
5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON R3T THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR)
COMPONENT. L2R
X1A X3A A7P CONTROL BOX COVER. M1C R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
∗: IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR A6P A3P M2C (SUBCOOLING
X2A X4A X1M A4P L1R 6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH, S2PH). R5T THERMISTOR LIQUID) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL • HEAT)
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. OUTER SHELL R6T
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN. THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D082484G
SiUS341413EA
Appendix
SiUS341413EA Wiring Diagrams
1.1.2 460V
RXYQ72TYDN
POWER SUPPLY
3~460V 60Hz X1M T1A A1P
RED
N=1 RED X1A
L1 L1
BLU
F1U Y1E
L2 L2
WHT X23A
5 M
BLK
L3 L3
SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
WHT WHT
X4A X5A
BS1 BS2 BS3
WHT WHT
X101A
DS1 DS2
WHT
RED
BLK
A2P Q1LD ON ON
OFF OFF
L1A L2A L3A 1234 1234 X21A Y2E
OUTPUT
230V 5 M
P>
F401U F403U S1PH X37A
X4A X18A t˚ R1T
HAP
GRN E Z1F (NOTE 3)
X3A S1NPL
T1R X31A
L1B L2B L3B PS
X6A Z7C X2A
K7R
K11R
K3R
K4R
Z5C N=2 N=9 S1NPH
X32A
X28A
WHT
RED
BLK
A3P Z6C N=2 X7A X8A X11A X15A

X20A
L1B L2B L3B
F601U K3R X42A
X6A
Y3S Y2S E1HC Y1S
K84R
K2M K1M R21T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T
X4A
t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚
R1
X63A
X29A X30A
+
P1 V1R
PS X1M (NOTE 8)
X5A
C66 C32 TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT
P2 + + F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
X66A
R11 R12 X3A
N3 BLK
P3 RED A5P
R77
X1A
+
WHT X1M
V1R (NOTE 8) C/H SELECTOR (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)
X41A A B C
U V W
Z1C (F1)(F2) (F1)(F2) (Q1)(Q2)
N=1
A4P
Z2C LAYOUT OF
P1 N1 X5A
WHT
WHT
N=1
Z3C M1C, M1F
N=1
R24
WHT
RED
F101U
BLK
L1R X3A + - X4A HEAT TERMINAL OF M1F CONTROL BOX

V COOL M1C
U MS W V1R COOL •
3~ X2A S2S
M1C X1A HEAT W CONTROL BOX (2)
FAN
Z4C U
N=2 5 M1C
S1S
WHT V
WHT
X2A COOL/HEAT SELECTOR OUTER SHELL
CONTROL BOX X1A (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) (NOTE 3)
WHT
WHT
5 NOTES) 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
L1R 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR,
MS
3~ : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND.
A1P
M1F 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL
X1A
X2A OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
A5P A2P 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2,
X3A CONTROL BOX (2)
OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI
X1M A4P TRANSMISSION Q1·Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
T1R
5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON
A3P CONTROL BOX COVER.
X4A
6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH).
X5A ∗ : IS CONNECTOR COLOR
(FRONT SIDE) (REAR SIDE) FOR COMPONENT. 7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN.
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) M1C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) X4A, X5A CONNECTOR (T1R)
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) M1F MOTOR (FAN) X6A CONNECTOR (Z7C)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A5P)
BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
(MODE, SET, RETURN) R3T THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
C32, C66 CAPACITOR (A3P) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) (INJECTION)
DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) R5T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
F1U FUSE (A1P) R7T THERMISTOR (DEICER) (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
F101U FUSE (A4P) R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN)
F401U, F403U FUSE (A2P) R11, R12 RESISTOR (A3P) Z1C~Z7C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
F601U FUSE (A3P) R24 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P)
HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P) R77 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) T1R TRANSFORMER (460V/230V)
K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) V1R POWER MODULE (A3P) (A4P) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) X1A, X2A CONNECTOR (M1F) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL·HEAT)
L1R REACTOR X3A CONNECTOR (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
3D082485G
Appendix 251
252
Wiring Diagrams
RXYQ96TYDN / RXYQ120TYDN
POWER SUPPLY Z5C A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R5T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID)
3~460V 60Hz N=1 A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS)
Z6C N=1 WHT WHT Z4C A1P
T1A X6A X7A N=1 RED X1A A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) R7T THERMISTOR (DEICER)
X1M N=1 WHT PRINTED
A4P, A5P CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) R8T THERMISTOR (M1C BODY)
BLU
Y1E
YLW
F1U
RED
WHT
BLK
RED A2P A9P WHT BLU X23A
L1 L1 OUTPUT 5 M A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
WHT L1A L2A L3A 3 2
L2 L2 T1R 230V A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD S1NPL PRESSURE SWITCH (LOW)
BLK F401U F403U R S T2 (CURRENT LIMITING) S1PH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
L3 L3 X36A PS SEG1 SEG2 SEG3
GRN E A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) SEG1~SEG3 7-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
Z1F X101A A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (OPEN PHASE PROTECTION) T1R TRANSFORMER (460V/230V)
K5R
K4R
K7R
K11R
A8PGRN BS1 BS2 BS3 T1A CURRENT SENSOR
L1A L2A L3A E
Q1LD X7A X8A X11A X15A BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P)
BLK
WHT
RED
L1B L2B L3B DS1 DS2 X21A Y2E (MODE, SET, RETURN) V1R POWER MODULE (A3P)
Z2F BLK ON ON 5 M
Z4C Z5C X42A OFF OFF C47, C48 CAPACITOR (A3P) V1R POWER MODULE (A4P, A5P)
A5P N=1 N=1 X1A X3A X2A RED 1234 1234
X3A Y3S Y2S E1HC Y1S X18A t˚ R1T DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) V2R POWER MODULE (A3P)
RED
WHT
BLK
RED WHT RED A3P S1PH P> X37A E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
X3A WHT X1A + P11 L1B L2B L3B X602A R21T R8T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T S1NPL
X63A X4A F1U FUSE (A1P) X5A CONNECTOR
F101U P1 X41A t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ HAP (NOTE 3) X31A
MS K3R F101U FUSE (A4P, A5P) (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
3~ K1M X6A
-N11 X3A X29A X30A S1NPH F401U, F403U FUSE (A2P) X6A, X7A CONNECTOR (T1R)
M2F X1M (NOTE 8) X32A F601U FUSE (A3P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
F601U
Z3C V1R R24 N1 X4A A6P
5 N=2 Z4C X2A TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT HAP PILOT LAMP (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
+ V1R - PS X1M (NOTE 8) F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
5 N=1 HEAT
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P) (A6P)
X2A X5A X601A
X1A C/H SELECTOR
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P) Y1E
X28A COOL K1M ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
P11 Z5C A B C COOL K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (A7P) Y2E
RED WHT X4A RED
X4A • ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
L11 N=1 S2S HEAT
A4P K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) (INJECTION)
P21 C47 C48 L12 A7P X20A FAN K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
X3A + + X66A (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)
WHT X1A WHT X1A + RED L31 L32 S1S K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
R851R854 N4 BLK COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
TERMINAL OF K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
F101U P11 R1 K1R CONTROL BOX (2) M1C
MS (NOTE 3)
3~ P4 RED NOTES) INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN)
- BLK R313 X1A (F1)(F2) (F1)(F2) (Q1)(Q2) W
+ - 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. L1R, L2R REACTOR Z1C~Z6C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
M1F T1R
Z2C V1R R24 N11 V2R 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR, U M1C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P)
5 N=2 X2A (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
X6A : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND. V M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN)
5 X2A U V W N5 P5 LAYOUT OF PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P) Z2F NOISE FILTER (A8P)
X5A Z1C BLK RED X7A 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL M1C, M1F, M2F
OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR. Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P)
WHT X2A WHT X4A N=5 X5A R1 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A7P)
4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P, A5P)
WHT
WHT
WHT
RED
WHT
BLK
CONTROL BOX M2F M1F CONTROL BOX R24
OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI R313 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P)
V X5A A8P TRANSMISSION Q1·Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
U MS W WHT A6P L1R R851, R854 RESISTOR (A3P) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
∗: IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR L1R L2R 3~ A1P A2P 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON CONTROL BOX (2) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR) (A1P)
COMPONENT. M1C A5P L2R CONTROL BOX COVER.
X1A X3A M1C R21T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR A4P A3P A7P A9P
∗: X2A X4A X1M 6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH). OUTER SHELL R3T THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR) S1S SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL • HEAT)
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. 7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN; YLW: YELLOW R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D082486F
SiUS341413EA
Appendix
Appendix
SiUS341413EA
RXYQ144TYDN / RXYQ168TYDN
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) R7T THERMISTOR (DEICER)

POWER SUPPLY WHT WHT A2P, A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
A1P
3~460V 60Hz X7A X8A RED X1A A3P, A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.) S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
X1M T1A WHT
REDN=1 WHT F1U X23A Y1E A4P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) S1PH, S2PH
PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
L1 L1 BLU
OUTPUT 5 M A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P) SEG1~SEG37-SEGMENT DISPLAY (A1P)
WHT Z7C T1R 230V
L2 L2 Z7C BS1~BS3 BS BUTTON (A1P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
BLK N=1
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
L3 A5P A2P N=1 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 (MODE, SET, RETURN) T1R TRANSFORMER (460V/230V)
L3 L1A L2A L3A L1A L2A L3A PS C32, C66 CAPACITOR (A3P, A6P) V1R POWER MODULE (A3P, A6P)
X101A DS1, DS2 DIP SWITCH (A1P) V1R POWER MODULE (A4P, A7P)
K3R
K4R
K5R
K7R
K8R
F401U F403U F401U F403U
K11R
Z5C Q1LD X7A BS1 BS2 BS3 E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER X1A~X4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
N=1 X8A X9A X11A X12A X15A
GRN E Z1F GRN E Z1F DS1 DS2 X21A Y2E F1U FUSE (A1P) X5A, X6A CONNECTOR
BLK ON ON 5 M
Z6C X41A F101U FUSE (A4P, A7P) (CHECK THE RESIDUAL CHARGE)
N=1 RED OFF OFF
L1B L2B L3B L1B L2B L3B Y4S Y2S Y3S E1HC E2HC Y1S 1234 F401U, F403U FUSE (A2P, A5P) X7A, X8A CONNECTOR (T1R)
1234 X18A
t˚ R1T
WHT
WHT
RED
RED
BLK
BLK
A7P A6P A3P S1PH P> X37A F601U FUSE (A3P, A6P) X9A CONNECTOR (Z8C)
Z5C Z6C R21T R22T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T S1NPL PILOT LAMP (A1P)
RED WHT REDX3A L1B L2B L3B F601U K3R X63A L1B L2B L3B F601U K3R X4A HAP X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
X3A WHT X1A + P11 N=1 N=1 P> t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ HAP (NOTE 3) X31A (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)(A1P)
X6A X61A S2PH
MS F101U P1 K84R K84R X3A S1NPH K1M, K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (A3P, A6P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (ABC I/P)(A8P)
3~
X41A X62A X29A X30A X1M (NOTE 8) X32A
- N11 K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P, A6P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
K2M K1M X4A K2M K1M A8P TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT TO MULTI UNIT K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A1P) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
M2F Z8C X2A
Z4C V1R R24 N1 X9A N=9 X1M (NOTE 8) F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2 K84R MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P) (A6P) (INJECTION)
5 N=2 R1 X41A R1 X6A X1A C/H SELECTOR HEAT
5 + - + - X28A COOL K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
X2A X5A P1 V1R P1 V1R A B C K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P)
PS PS COOL • Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
RED WHT X4A RED X4A X4A S2S HEAT K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
C66 C32 C66 C32 X20A FAN
A4P P2 + + P2 + + K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC) (A1P) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 1)
X66A (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)
K11R
WHT WHT X3A R11 R12 R11 R12 X63A BLK S1S MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) Y4S SOLENOID VALVE (OS OIL RETURN 2)
X1A X1A + X40A TERMINAL OF
COOL/HEAT SELECTOR(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY) Z1C~Z8C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
WHT (NOTE 3) M1C, M2C L1R, L2R REACTOR
MS F101U P11RED Z6C Z5C INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) Z1F NOISE FILTER (A2P, A5P)
3~ - R77 R77 N=1 N=1 NOTES) (F1)(F2) (F1)(F2) (Q1)(Q2) W M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN) (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
+
+ - - CONTROL BOX (2)
M1F 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT. U PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A6P)
Z3C V1R R24 N11BLK V1R V1R 2. : FIELD WIRING, : TERMINAL BLOCK, : CONNECTOR,
5 N=2 X5A Q1LD LEAKAGE DETECTION CIRCUIT (A1P)
U V W P3 N3 U V W P3 N3 T1R V R1
5 : TERMINAL, : PROTECTIVE GROUND (SCREW), : NOISELESS GROUND. LAYOUT OF RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A3P, A6P)
X2A X5A Z1C RED BLK Z2CRED BLK X7A 3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL M1C, M2C, M1F, M2F R11, R12 RESISTOR (A3P, A6P)
N=5 N=5 X5A WHT X8A
X4A R24 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P, A7P)
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
WHT X2A WHT OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
WHT
WHT
WHT
WHT
V Z6C 4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, R77 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A3P, A6P)
U MS W N=1 V CONTROL BOX M2F M1F CONTROL BOX
X6A U MS W OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1·F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
L2R M2C 3~ L1R M1C 3~ X6A X5A R21T, R22T THERMISTOR (M1C, M2C DISCHARGE) X37A CONNECTOR (POWER ADAPTOR)(A1P)
IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR A8P A5P A2P TRANSMISSION Q1·Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
∗: A1P CONTROL BOX (2) R3T THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR)
COMPONENT. L2R 5. HOW TO USE BS1~3 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON M1C R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) COOL/HEAT SELECTOR
WHT X1A X3A A7P
IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR A6P CONTROL BOX COVER. M2C R5T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING LIQUID) SELECTOR SWITCH (FAN/COOL • HEAT)
∗: X2A X4A X1M A4P A3P L1R S1S
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE. 6. WHEN OPERATING, DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH, S2PH). OUTER SHELL R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING GAS) S2S SELECTOR SWITCH (COOL/HEAT)
7. COLORS BLK: BLACK; RED: RED; BLU: BLUE; WHT: WHITE; GRN: GREEN.
8. CLASS 2 WIRE
2D082487F
253
Wiring Diagrams
Revision History
Month / Year Version Revised contents
09/2014 SiUS341413E First edition (Primary)
11/2014 SiUS341413EA Changed primary edition to official

z Daikin products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the world. Prior to
purchase, please confirm with your local authorised importer, distributor and/or retailer whether this
product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for use, in the region where the product
will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict or modify the application of any local
legislation.
z Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
z Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorised parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
z Read the user's manual carefully before using this product. The user's manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any enquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install the
outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
Dealer
Head Office:
Umeda Center Bldg., 2-4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Tokyo Office:
JR Shinagawa East Bldg., 2-18-1, Konan,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan
http://www.daikin.com
c All rights reserved
zSpecifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of November 2014 but subject to change without notice.
SiUS341413EA
11/2014 AK.K

VRV Iv

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VRV Iv

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

VRV Iv

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SiUS341413EA

Heat Pump R410A 60Hz

Part 1 General Information .............................................................. 1

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit ................................................................ 9

2.4 RXYQ72TYDN ........................................................................................... 20

Part 3 Remote Controller ............................................................... 35

Part 4 Function and Control........................................................... 57

Part 5 Field Settings ...................................................................... 76

4. Settings by BS Buttons ...........................................................................101

Part 6 Service Diagnosis.............................................................. 141

iii Table of Contents

3.30 Reverse Phase, Open Phase................................................................... 207

Part 7 Appendix............................................................................ 247

1.1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.

1.1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Do not damage or modify the power cable.

If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1.2 Used Icons

Icon Type of Description

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

Outdoor-Air Processing Unit

Energy Recovery Ventilator (VAM Series)

1.2 Outdoor Units

VJ: 1 phase, 208/230V, 60Hz

Combination of Outdoor Units

Model name RXYQ192TYDN RXYQ216TYDN RXYQ240TYDN RXYQ264TYDN RXYQ288TYDN

Model name RXYQ312TYDN RXYQ336TYDN RXYQ360TYDN RXYQ384TYDN RXYQ408TYDN

Heat Pump 230V

Model name RXYQ192TTJU RXYQ216TTJU RXYQ240TTJU RXYQ264TTJU RXYQ288TTJU

Model name RXYQ312TTJU RXYQ336TTJU RXYQ360TTJU RXYQ384TTJU RXYQ408TTJU

Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type Wall mounted type

4 way ceiling mounted cassette (2’×2’) type Floor standing type

Slim ceiling mounted duct type Concealed floor standing type

Ceiling mounted duct type

2.2 Air Treatment Equipment

2.3 Outdoor Units

Double Outdoor Units

Triple Outdoor Units

3. Combination of Outdoor Units

Max. combination ratio

1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

(M) Pressure (J)

INV. Solenoid valve

Capillary Charge Capillary tube

Filter Solenoid (H) Filter

1.2 RXYQ96/120TTJU, RXYQ96/120TYDN

E Y1E Electronic expansion valve Fully open during cooling operation.

expansion M Heat exchanger

(M) High pressure

INV. Solenoid valve

Capillary Charge Capillary tube

1.3 RXYQ144/168TTJU, RXYQ144/168TYDN

I Y3S Solenoid valve (Oil return 1)

Four way valve

Compressor valve valve Compressor

Filter Solenoid Filter